CONSTRUCTION

OCCUPATIONAL
SAFETY &
HEALTH
MANUAL

PEME Consultancy, Inc.

“We care for People Environment Materials & Equipment”

DOLE ACCREDITATION No. 1030-012020-0035

Suite 305-306 The Link Center, Gen. Atienza St.,

San Antonio Village, Pasig City
(02)8245-1561 (02) 8477-6973
 0977-877-77-15/ 0917-886-7363
 consultancy@peme.org
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Importance of Safety and Health 2

OSH Legislations: D.O.13 - DOLE Regulations, Safety Standards in Construction 19

RA 11058 and IRR-Department Order No. 198-18
Construction Site Premises 39

Excavation Safety 43

Tools and Equipment 54

Construction Machinery (Mobile Equipment) 58

Construction Machinery (Crane Safety) 88

Fall Protection and Ladder Safety 104

Scaffolding Safety (Temporary Structures) 109

Workplace Environmental Safety 123

Hazard Identification and Assessment 131

Occupational Health 142

COVID-19 Prevention and Control 159

Common Diseases in Workplace (Hepatitis, Tuberculosis, HIV/AIDS, Substance 213

Abuse)
Demolition Safety 225

Personal Protective Equipment 231

Site Safety Inspection 240

Job Hazard Analysis 245

Accident Investigation 250

Tool Box Meeting 269

Role of Safety Officers 275

Employees Compensation Program 279

OSH Programming 283

Emergency Preparedness 297

Re-Entry Plan 308

REFERENCES 309

1
Overview and Importance of Safety and Health in the Construction Industry

Objectives: At the end of the session, the participants will be able to:
▪ recognize the present safety and health situations in the construction industry
▪ articulate the importance of safety and health in the construction industry

BASIC SAFETY CONCEPTS

Rationale:

ACCIDENT is usually a contact with a source of energy above the threshold limit of the
body or structure.

• An occurrence that interrupts the normal and orderly progress of any

activity

• Results in physical harm, damage to property, delay in operation

THE HIDDEN COSTS OF

ACCIDENTS

CAUSES OF ACCIDENTS

▪ Unsafe Acts - is a
violation of an accepted
safe procedure which
could permit the
occurrence of an
accident.
o Act of omission
o Act of commission

▪ Unsafe Conditions - a
hazardous physical
condition or
circumstance which
could permit the
occurrence of an
accident.

EXAMPLES OF UNSAFE
ACTS:
▪ Operating without
authority.
▪ Making safety devices
inoperable.
▪ Servicing equipment in motion.
▪ Failure to warn or secure.

2
 EXAMPLES OF UNSAFE CONDITIONS
▪ Inadequate guards or protection.
▪ Defective tools, equipment, materials.
▪ Excessive noise.
▪ Inadequate illumination or ventilation.

Industrial Hygiene is the control of hazards to acceptable limits. This is the basic concept.

Safety
▪ Freedom from accidents; Freedom from harm, injury and loss
▪ It is the control of Hazards and Accidents in the workplace

Hazard – The potential of an Act or Condition that can lead to an accident

Risk – the chance of physical or personal loss

Three Steps to Control Hazards and Accidents (Industrial Hygiene)

1. Identify
2. Evaluate
3. Correct

1. Identify the hazard

▪ Inspection (before the accident occurs)
▪ Investigation (after the accident occurs)

2. Evaluate
Determine if what you identified complies with safety standards, by means of Occ. Health &
Safety Standards, OEL, TLV, PEL, NIOSH, others.

3. Correct the hazard

• Engineering control
• Administrative control
• Personal protective equipment

1. Engineering Methods – eliminate or reduce the hazard through

▪ Initial design specification
▪ Substitution
▪ Isolation (Place)
▪ Ventilation
▪ Change the process

2. Administrative Methods - control of employees exposure

▪ Scheduled reduced work hours, ▪ Isolation (Time),
▪ Increased breaks, ▪ Medical Exams,
▪ SOP’s ▪ Workplace
monitoring
3. Personal Protective Equipment
• Use of a protective barrier to protect the worker from the hazard

3
 Unsafe Act Unsafe Condition

Members:
____________________________

____________________________

____________________________

4
Worldwide Trends:
▪ Workers suffer 250 M accidents every year
▪ More than 160 M workers fall ill each year due to workplace hazards and exposures
▪ More than 10 M workers incur crippling injuries and diseases resulting in, often
permanent disability and loss in income
▪ Accidents and diseases together account for over 1.2 M fatalities annually, more than
all fatal road accidents worldwide
▪ Cost of negligence is high. Approximately 4% of the GDP disappears with the cost of
diseases through absence from work, sickness treatment, disability and survivor
benefits
▪ Some 600,000 lives would be saved every year if available safety practices were
used
Source: ILO Estimates

Common accident victims

▪ Production and related workers
▪ Transport equipment operators and laborers
▪ Male
▪ Married
▪ Workers aged 26-30
▪ 1-5 years of service

Philippine OSH Situation

▪ The number of employees compensation (EC) claims is decreasing from 180,600
(1996) to 124,339 (2000).
▪ However, the amount of EC claims being paid by GSIS and SSS is increasing from
P1.35 B (1996) to P1.90 B (2000).
▪ The EC claims are for death, disability, sickness, medical services, funeral grant and
rehabilitation services.

Issues by OSH Experts

5
 ▪ Low priority given to OSH concerns
▪ Lack of awareness and education on OSH
▪ Lack of trained OSH personnel
▪ Weak enforcement of OSH standards
▪ Lack of OSH facilities
▪ Need to reinforce information and research
▪ Unreliable statistics for work accident prevention
▪ Absence of strict penalties
▪ Fragmented OSH administration

The Situation
▪ With a highly mobile population of workers and different contractors working on
dangerous construction sites at the same time, CONSTRUCTION continues to be a
major cause of death and disabilities

Factors That Contribute to the Occurrence of Accidents in the Construction Industry

Objectives of the Study:
▪ To determine the causes of major accidents in construction site
▪ To provide basis for OSH policy formulation
▪ To draw out training program and info dissemination activities

Methodology
Records of major construction accidents were gathered, reviewed and analyzed
Source:
▪ DOLE Regional Offices
▪ Work-Alert Reports
▪ Private Construction Firms

Findings and Results

Age of victims:

6
 WORKERS INVOLVED TYPE OF PROJECT

SEVERITY OF ACCIDENT TYPE OF ACCIDENT

7
 Type of Injury/Death Injured Part of the Body

Accident count on monthly basis Unsafe Acts Involved

8
Summary:
▪ The largest cause of accidents is fall from heights
▪ There is lack of supervision for workers working at heights
▪ Workers lack awareness on OSH
▪ Workers agree to be trained but there is limited trainings
▪ Due to lack of training, workers
o build improper temporary structures
o tolerate improperly guarded floors
o work with unstable/unsecured/ scaffolds
o use defective equipment
▪ Accident reports lack relevant information
▪ Proper investigations are hardly conducted

Recommendations
1. Policy Makers and Enforcers
▪ Strict enforcement of DO 13
▪ Strict implementation of reporting mechanism and revision of report form
▪ Continuous development of Construction Safety Training
▪ Research on KAP

2. Employers and Construction Companies

▪ Compliance to DO 13
▪ Provision of adequate trainings and information
▪ Supervision on works at heights
▪ Provision of adequate access and egress in construction sites
▪ Conduct of accident investigation

3. Employees and Workers

▪ Comply with OSH rules and policies
▪ Take initiative in learning OSH
▪ Demand for approved type PPE
▪ Observe proper hand signals
▪ Report any hazard found

Memorandum of Agreement (MOA)

Joint Administrative Order No. 01 s 2011:

Signatories:
▪ Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE),
▪ Department of Public Works and Highways(DPWH)
▪ Department of Trade and Industry-Construction Manpower Development Foundation-
Philippine Contractors Accreditation Board (DTI-CMDF,PCAB)
▪ Department of the Interior & Local Government (DILG)
▪ Professional Regulation Commission (PRC)

9
 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT
as of December 2013

No. of Establishments with Violations on:

Total OSHS
Projects/ Safety
Contractors CSHP and No Rule PCAB Rule First Aider
&Sub- Health Accredited 1020 REGISTRATION 1040
Contructors Officer Officer
Inspected

96 59 59 46 77 59

DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT

as of September 2014
No. of Establishments with Violations on:
Total OSHS
Projects/
Contractors CSHP Safety Health Medical PPE Technical PCAB With
&Sub- Officer Officer Facilities Safety Deficiencies
Contructors On OSH
Inspected

38 34 15 41 5 8 149

DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT

as of September 2014

Compliance Rate
General Labor Social Welfare Benefits Occupational
Standards Safety and Health

Minimum PCAB SSS Philhealth Pag-Ibig CSHP Safety

Wage Registration And
Health
Officers

88.75% 97.50% 87.50% 89.69% 82.50% 79.06% 88.13%

Improvements:
▪ Increase in approval of CSHP by DOLE
▪ Increase in OSH trainings
▪ Increase in testing of PPEs
▪ Increase in accreditation of safety and health officers

10
Situation in Construction:
▪ There are about 1.8 - 2 million construction workers
▪ Around 6 – 8 thousand registered constructors
▪ An average of about 20,000 government
▪ infrastructure projects per year
▪ One of the more hazardous workplaces

Observations:
▪ Low awareness on OSH
▪ Poor Compliance on OSHS
▪ Poor Housekeeping
▪ No/Inadequate PPEs for workers.
▪ Improper use of tools and equipment
▪ Needs commitment and support

What NEEDS to be DONE:

▪ Change of work habits.
▪ Top management commitment on OSH
▪ Cooperation of workers and contractors to implement OSH programs and activities
▪ Enhance skills of project managers, safety officers and workers (training on OSH )
▪ Strict enforcement of rules/programs on OSH
▪ Compliance with government regulations (OSHS and DO 13)

Book IV, Title I – Medical, Occupational Safety and DO 13 – Guidelines Governing

Dental and Occupational Safety Health Standards, (OSHS)1978 Safety and Health in the
Construction Industry

11
 DPWH - Department Order
No. 56, S. 2005

All projects regardless of amount, funding source and mode of implementation shall
comply with the minimum safety and health requirements.

12
13
14
15
16
17
Section 6: Personal Protective Equipment

▪ All employers must provide personal protective equipment for all employees
needing such equipment. All other persons entering the construction site must
wear the necessary protective equipment.

Section 7: Safety Personnel

18
 ▪ A means of coordination was established wherein the main or general contractor shall
have over-all management and coordination of all safety and health officers/personnel
working within the construction site. All full-time safety and health personnel must be
accredited by DOLE.

A general Constructor must provide for :

▪ a full-time officer, who shall be assigned as the general construction safety and health
officer to oversee full time the overall management of the Construction Safety and Health
Program.

▪ additional Construction Safety and Health Officer/s in accordance with the requirements
for Safety Officer of Rule 1033, depending on the total number of personnel assigned to
the construction project site.

▪ one (1) Construction Safety and Health Officer for every ten (10) units of heavy
equipment assigned to the project site, to oversee the effective compliance with the
Construction Safety and Health Program at the construction project site, in terms of
heavy equipment utilization and maintenance.

➢ Each construction subcontractor must provide for a representative, who shall have the
same qualifications as a Safety Officer, to oversee the management of the CSHP for the
subcontractor’s workforce and specific area of work operations in accordance with the
requirements of Rule 1033 of the OSHS.

Section 8: Emergency Occupational Health Personnel and Facilities

The same provisions of the existing Occupational Safety and Health Standards(OSHS) is
reiterated. The provision for an emergency health provider was allowed. All other requirement
such as emergency medicines, supplies, equipment and facilities shall conform with the OSHS.

AN ACT STRENGTHENING COMPLIANCE

WITH OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTH STANDARDS AND PROVIDING

PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS THEREOF

(RA 11058) and IRR-Department Order No. 198-18

19
Section 3 - DEFINITION OF TERMS

CERTIFIED FIRST-AIDER - refers to any person trained and

duly certified to administer first aid by the Philippine Red Cross
(PRC) or any organization authorized by the Secretary of
Labor and Employment.

COMPETENCY STANDARDS – Refers to industry

determined specification of proficiency required for
effective work performance.

COVERED WORKPLACES – refers to establishments,

projects, sites and all other places where work is being
undertaken where in The number of employees, nature
of operations and risk or hazard right involved in the
business require compliance.

“Low risk establishment”

refers to a workplace where there is low level of danger or exposure to safety and health hazards
and not likely or with low probability to result in accident, harm or injury, or illness.

“Medium risk establishment”

refers to a workplace where there is moderate exposure to safety and health hazards and with
probability of an accident, injury or illness, if no preventive or control measures are in place.

“High risk establishment”

refers to a workplace wherein the presence of hazard or potential hazard within the company may
affect the safety and/or health of workers not only within but also persons outside the premises of
the workplace (e.g. construction, mining, petrochemical, etc.)

“Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) practitioner”

refers to a qualified Safety Officer 3 or its equivalent, duly certified by DOLE to render
occupational safety and health services in a defined and specific scope or core competency.

“Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) consultant”

refers to a qualified Safety Officer 4 or its equivalent, duly certified by DOLE to perform and/or
render consultative services on occupational safety and health in at least two (2) fields of
specialization as determined by DOLE.

20
The following are workplaces commonly associated with potentially high-risk activities:
1. Chemical works and chemical production plants;
2. Construction;
3. Deep sea fishing;
4. Explosives and pyrotechnics factories;
5. Firefighting;
6. Healthcare facilities;
7. Installation of communication accessories, towers and cables;
8. LPG filling, refilling, storage and distribution;
9. Mining;
10. Petrochemical works and refineries
11. Power generation, transmission and distribution in the energy sector;
12. Storage and distribution center for toxic or hazardous chemicals;
13. Storage of fertilizers in high volume;
14. Transportation ;
15. Water supply, sewerage, waste management, remediation activities;
16. Works in which chlorine is used in bulk; and
17. Activities closely similar to those enumerated above and other activities as determined by
DOLE in accordance with existing issuances on the classification of establishments.

“Safety officer”

– refers to any employee or officer of the company trained by the DOLE or DOLE-Accredited
Training Organization and tasked by the employer to implement an OSH program in accordance
to OSHS

“Safety Officer 1 (SO1)”

-refers to an employee who has completed the mandatory eight (8)-hour OSH orientation course
as prescribed in the OSH standards.

“Safety Officer 2 (SO2)”

-refers to an employee who has completed the mandatory forty (40)-hour OSH training course
applicable to the industry as prescribed in the OSH standards.

“Safety Officer 3 (SO3)”

-refers to an employee who has completed the mandatory forty (40)-hour OSH training course
applicable to the industry, additional forty-eight (48) hours of advanced/specialized occupational
safety training course relevant to the industry, relevant experience in OSH for at least two (2)
years, and other requirements as prescribed in the OSH standards. Qualified SO 3 shall be
eligible for certification as OSH practitioner.

“Safety Officer 4 (SO4)”

-refers to an employee who has completed the mandatory forty (40)-hour OSH training course
applicable to the industry, additional eighty (80) hours of advanced/specialized occupational
safety training course relevant to the

industry, an aggregate of three hundred twenty (320) hours of OSH related training or experience,
an actual experience as SO3 for at least four (4) years, and other requirements as prescribed by
the OSH standards.

21
Additional training may be converted to years of experience where eighty (80) hours of training
may equal to one (1) year of experience and vice versa. Qualified SO4 shall be eligible for
certification as OSH consultant.

“Worker”

-refers to any member of the labor force, regardless of employment status.

“Workers’ OSH Seminar”

-refers to the mandatory eight (8)-hour module conducted by the safety officer of the workplace
as prescribed by the OSH standards.

Section 5 - WORKERS’ RIGHT TO KNOW

Information materials used pursuant to this Section shall be made readily available and
accessible to workers. New-hired workers shall be provided instructions, orientations and
trainings prior to start of work. The instructions, orientations, and trainings shall be properly
documented by

the employer, and shall be included in the permanent records of the worker in the establishment.

The workers’ OSH seminar and other trainings/orientations as required by the employer
and by any law shall be at no cost on the worker and considered as compensable workingtime.

Section 6 - WORKERS’ RIGHT TO REFUSE TO

UNSAFE WORK

The worker has the right of refusal to work without threat or reprisal from the employer if,
as determined by the DOLE, an imminent danger situation exists.

The employer or safety officer cannot require the workers to return to work where there is
continuing imminent danger to life or health.

Workers affected by the existence of an imminent danger situation may be temporarily

assigned to other areas within the workplace provided there is no impending issue with safety
and health.

Section 7 - WORKERS’ RIGHT TO REPORT

ACCIDENTS

Workers and their representatives shall have the right to report accidents, dangerous
occurrences, and hazards to the employer, to the DOLE and to other concerned government
agencies exercising jurisdiction as the competent authority in the specific industry or economic
activity. There shall be no retaliation from the part of the employer pursuant to the reporting of
any accident.

22
 Section 8 - WORKERS’ RIGHT TO PERSONAL
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)

The cost of the PPE shall be part of the safety and health program which is a
separate pay item pursuant to Section 20 of this Rules.

All PPE shall be of the appropriate type as tested and approved by the DOLE based on
its standards. The usage of PPE in all establishments, projects, sites and all other places where
work is being undertaken shall be based on the evaluation and recommendation of the safety
officer.

Section 12 - OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH

PROGRAM

Covered workplaces shall develop and implement a suitable OSH program which shall be
posted in prominent places. Covered workplaces shall be guided by a format prescribed by
DOLE.

For establishments with less than ten workers and low risk establishments with ten (10)
to fifty (50) workers. – The OSH program, which shall be duly signed by the employer, must
include at least the following:

For medium to high risk establishments with ten (10) to fifty (50) workers and low to high
risk establishments with fifty-one (51) workers and above. – The OSH program, which shall be
duly signed by the employer, must include at least the following:

The OSH program shall be communicated and be made readily available to all persons in
the workplace. It shall be updated periodically whenever the DOLE, other regulatory or
government agencies and institutions promulgate new rules, guidelines and other issuances
related to workers’ safety and health.

The company shall ensure that the core elements of OSH program are integrated in the
company OSH program such as management commitment and employee involvement,
workplace risk assessment, hazard prevention and control, safety and health training and
education, and OSH program evaluation.

The company shall submit a copy of the OSH program to the DOLE Regional, Provincial,
Field or Satellite Office having jurisdiction over the workplace. A duly signed company
commitment to comply OSH requirements together with the company OSH program using the
prescribed template shall be considered approved upon submission EXCEPT for Construction
Safety and Health Program which shall need approval by DOLE prior to construction.

OSH programs in the pre-approved template may be modified by DOLE as necessary

based on existing laws, rules and regulations, and other issuances or upon validation of the
program during inspection. If there is a modification made by the company, the company shall
submit a revised copy of the OSH program to DOLE.

The company shall review and evaluate the OSH program at least once a year or as
necessary, to ensure that its objectives are met towards an improved safety and health
performance.

23
 Section 13 - OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND
HEALTH COMMITTEE

To ensure that the safety and health program is observed and enforced, a Safety and
Health Committee shall be organized in covered workplaces.

For establishments with less than ten workers and low risk establishments with
ten (10) to fifty (50) workers.

– A SO1 shall establish an OSH committee composed of the following:

Chairperson : Company owner or manager

Member : At least one (1) worker

The company owner or manager or one of the workers of the company shall
undertake a first aid training from the Philippine Red Cross or any DOLE recognized
organization.

For medium to high risk establishments with ten (10) to fifty

(50) workers and low to high risk establishments with fifty-one (51) workers and above. –
The OSH committee of the covered workplace shall be composed of the following:

Ex-officio chairperson employer or his or her representative

Secretary safety officer of the workplace

Ex-officio members certified first aider, OH nurse, OH dentist,

and OH precision, as applicable

Members safety Officers representing the contractor

or subcontractor and representatives of
workers who shall come from the union, if
the workers are organized, our elected
workers through a simple vote of majority, if
they are organized

The OSH committee shall effectively plan, develop, oversee and monitor the
implementation of the OSH program.

For two (2) or more establishments housed under one building or complex including
malls. – Establishments housed under one building or complex shall have its own respective
OSH committee. A Joint OSH committee shall be initiated and created by the building owner or

24
 building administrator and shall plan, develop and implement programs and activities for all
establishments in said building or complex on OSH with the following composition:

Chairperson building owner or his/her representatives

such as the building administrator.

Co-chairperson Company owners or managers (elected

through a simple vote of majority among
them ).

Secretary safety officers of the building or complex

Members at least one representative each from all

company owners or managers housed in
the building are complex and safety officers
are floor fire marshals.

The building administrator shall ensure that the Joint OSH committee shall submit its
organizational plans and minutes to the DOLE Regional office, copy furnished the Bureau of
Working Conditions.

SSSection 14 - SAFETY OFFICER

In the implementation of OSH program, the required safety officers shall be

employed or designated with the following duties and responsibilities

(a) Oversee the overall management of the OSH program in coordination with the OSH
committee;

(b) Frequently monitor and inspect any health or safety aspect of the operation being
undertaken with the participation of supervisors and workers;

(c) Assist government inspectors in the conduct of safety and health inspection at any time
whenever work is being performed or during the conduct of an accident investigation
by providing necessary information and OSH reports as required by the OSH standards;
and

(d) Issue Work Stoppage Order (WSO) when necessary based on the requirements and
procedures provided by the OSH standards

SAFETY OFFICER

Safety officer/s of all workplace must possess the necessary training and category
experience requirement according to its category as contained herein. The respective
qualifications of safety officers are as follows:

Category Prescribed Training on OSH Minimum OSH Experience

Safety Officer 1 (SO1) Mandatory 8 hours OSH

orientation course and two

25
 hours TOT -------

Safety Officer 2 (SO2) mandatory 40 hours basic

OSH training course
applicable to the industry -------

Safety Officer 3 (SO3) ▪ Mandatory 40 hours At least two years of

basic OSH training experience in OSH
course applicable to
the industry.

▪ Additional 48 hours
of advanced or
specialized
Occupational Safety
training course
relevant to the
industry,

▪ Other requirements
as prescribed by the
OSH standards.

Safety Officer 4 (SO4) ▪ Mandatory 40 hour Actual Experience as safety

OSH training course officer 3 for at least four
applicable to the years.
industry.

▪ additional 80 hours
of advanced or
specialized
Occupational Safety
training course
relevant to the
industry.

▪ An aggregate of 320
hours of OSH related
training or
experience
(Additional training
may be converted to
years of experience
where 80 hours of
training maybe equal
to one year of
experience and vice
versa).

▪ Other requirements
as prescribed by the

26
 OSH standards.

First aider standard first aid training

OH nurse at least 40 hours Basic OSH training course

for OH Nurses

OH dentist At least 40 hours basic OSH training course

OH physician At least 56 hours Basic OSH training course

OH Physicians

Minimum classification and number of safety officer for all covered workplaces shall be
as follows:

Number of Workers Low Risk Medium Risk High Risk

1 to 9 One SO1 One SO1 One SO2

10 to 50 One SO1 One SO2 One SO3

51 to 99 One SO2 One SO2 and One

SO3
100 to 199 One SO2 One SO2 and One
SO3
200 to 250 Two SO2 or 1 SO3 Two SO3

251 to 500 Two SO2 or 1 SO3 Two SO3 One SO2 and Two
SO3
501 to 750 Two SO2 or 1 SO3

751 to 1000 Two SO3

Every additional of Additional One SO3

250 or fraction or SO4
thereof - -

Every additional of Additional one SO3 Additional One SO3

500 or fraction or SO4
thereof -

Safety officers engaged in micro and small establishments, low to medium risk, shall be
engaged in safety programs including other tasks designated to him/her by his/her employer.

In the case of a contractor or subcontractor, at least one (1) safety officer must be
deployed at each specific area of operations to oversee the management of the OSH program of
its own workforce.

The engagement of the services of a certified OSH consultant (SO4) shall be allowed for
a period not longer than one (1) year for establishments whose

27
designated safety officer has to be trained or is in the process of completing the prescribed
training courses and relevant experience.

Section 15 - OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PERSONNEL

AND FACILITIES

Covered workplaces shall have qualified occupational health personnel such as certified
first-aiders, nurses, dentists, and physicians duly complemented with the required medical
supplies, equipment and facilities.

The number of health personnel, which may be classified as full time (FT) or part-time
(PT),equipment and facilities, and the amount of supplies shall be proportionate to the total
number of workers and the risk or hazard involved in the workplace, the ideal ratio of which shall
be as follows:

NUMBER LOW RISK MEDIUM TO HIGH RISK

OF
WORKER First OH OH OH First OH OH OH
S Aider Nurs Dentis Physician Aider Nurs Dentis Physician
e t e t

1-9 1 - - - 1 - - -

10-50 1 - - - 1 - - -

51-99 1 1 FT - - 1 for 1 FT 1 1 PT
every
100-199 1 1 1 PT 50 1 PT 2 PT
worker and 1
s or a FT
fraction
200-250 2 2 FT 2 PT 2 PT 1 PT and 1
thereof
and 1 FT
FT
251-500 Additiona 2 FT 3 PT or 1 2 PT and 1
l of 1 for PT and 1 FT
every FT
501-750 100 - - 3 PT and 1
workers FT
751-1000 - -
or a
fraction
thereof

1001-2000 Additiona 2 PT and 1 - 1 2 PT, 1 FT,

l of 1 for FT DOLE and 1 FT
every Certified DOLE
100 - OSH Certified
workers practitioner OSH
or a Practitione

28
 fraction r
thereof
>2000 4 PT and 1 - 2 FT and 1
FT DOLE FT DOLE
Certified Certified
OSH OSH
Practitione practitioner
r

Every 250 - 1 FT 1 FT or 4
workers or PT
fraction
thereof - -
Every 500 - 1 FT - 1 FT or 4 - -
workers or PT
a fraction
thereof

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PERSONNEL AND FACILITIES

Number of Low Risk Medium to High Risk

Workers
First Aid Clinic (Number First Treatment Clinic (Number
Treatment of Beds) Room of Beds)
Room

1-9 1 - 1 -

10-50 - 1 -

51-99 1 2 1

100-199 Additional 1 for Additional 1 for 2

every 100 every 50
200-250 workers or a 2 workers or a
251-500 fraction thereof fraction thereof

501-750 Additional 1 for Additional 1 for

every 200 every 100
751-1000 workers or a workers or a
fraction thereof fraction thereof
1001-2000

>2001

29
For OH Nurses: PT = 4h/d, 3d/w; FT = 8h/d, 5d/w to be placed in shift with the highest
number of workers.

Imminent danger one day

PPE three days
others not exceeding 90 days based on the
approved action plan
For OH dentists: establishments employing 50 or more workers are required to have
one OH dentist. Alternatively, establishments can enter into a memorandum of
agreement or MOA For dental services for workers; provided that the requirements
for dental facilities are met.

For OH physicians: PT = 4h/d, 3d/w; FT = 8h/d, 6d/w in shift With the highest number
of workers. If more than one PT physician is required, a physician must be present in
all work days of establishment.

The employer may not establish an emergency hospital or dental clinic in the workplace
where there is a hospital or dental clinic which is located not more than five (5) kilometers away
from the workplace, accessible in not more than twenty-five (25) minutes travel time, and the
employer has facilities readily available for transporting workers to the hospital or clinic in cases
of emergency. For this purpose, the employer shall enter into a written contract with the hospital
or dental clinic for the use of such hospital or dental clinic for the treatment of workers in cases of
emergency. However, this shall not excuse the employer from maintaining in his/her workplace a
first aid treatment room or clinic for workers which shall be as follows:

There shall be willful failure or refusal to comply with the OSH standards if the following
exists:

1) A record on the safety report of SO or minutes of the meeting of the OSH committee that
there’s a violation of the OSH standards but no action has been made despite findings of
OSH violation/s,
2) Repeated simple refusal or failure to comply following a report to
DOLE by the worker of prohibited act/s committed by employer, or

3) Presence of risk or danger in plain view.

Section 28 - PROHIBITED ACTS AND ITS

CORRESPONDING PENALTIES

PROHIBITED ACTS AND ITS CORRESPONDING PENALTIES

Should there be non-compliance of two (2) or more items, all penalties shall be imposed;
however, the total daily penalty shall not exceed one hundred thousand pesos (₱ 100,000.00).

Fines for micro establishments with one (1) to nine (9) workers, and small establishments

30
with ten (10) to fifty (50) workers shall have a 0.5 factor if OSH violation/s has been corrected not
later than forty-eight (48) hours.

Willful failure or refusal of an employer, contractor or subcontractor to comply

with the following OSH standards or with a compliance order issued by the Secretary of Labor
and Employment or his/her authorized representative shall be imposed with the following
penalties:

Registration of establishment to DOLE 20,000 pesos

provision of job safety instruction or orientation prior to work 20,000 pesos

provide workers training (first aid, mandatory workers training, 25,000 pesos
mandatory OSH training for safety officers and health personnel)

provide safety officer and or OH personnel 35,000 pesos

Establish a safety and health committee 35,000 pesos

formulate and implement a comprehensive safety and health program 40,000 pesos

use approve or certified devices and equipment for the task 30,000 pesos

Provide PPE or charging of provided PPE to workers 30,000 pesos

Provide information on hazards and risk (absence of chemical safety 50,000 pesos
data sheet, no written SOP in material handling, lifting etc, no permitting
system for confined spaces or hot works, no lockout or tagout system
etc)

DOLE issued WSO 50,000 pesos

provide safety signage and devices 50,000 pesos

provide safety personnel or professionals required by the OSH standards 50,000 pesos

provide sanitary and welfare facilities 50,000 pesos

provide medical supplies, equipment and facilities 50,000 pesos

Comply to OSH standards including mandatory trainings and seminars 50,000 pesos
required and other DOLE issuances

Submit reportorial requirements as prescribed by the OSH standards 35,000 pesos

When the violation exposes the worker to death, serious injury or serious illness, the imposable
penalty shall be One Hundred Thousand Pesos (₱100,000.00).

The Secretary of Labor and Employment may issue additional violations and
corresponding fines following consultation with stakeholders. An employer, contractor or
subcontractor who was found to be a repeat violator of the above prohibited acts shall have
penalty of additional fifty percent (50%) thereof and shall be compounded for every instance of
repeat violation.

31
 OSH STANDARDS
Rule 1050 - RULE 1050 - Notification and Keeping of Accident and or
Occupational Illnesses

OSH RULE REPORT/FORM WHEN TO WHERE TO

REPORT REPORT

Rule 1050 work accident On or before the 2 copies, to be

notification and illnesses report 20th day of the submitted to
keeping of (WAIR) – month following concerned RO
accidents and or DOLE/BWC/IP-6) the date of copy furnished
occupational occurrence of by Bureau
WAIR
illnesses accident

Annual exposure on or before

data report January 20 of the
(AERD) – following year
(DOLE/BWC/IP-
6b)

Fatal/Major within 24 hours

Accident

Required Report Under Rule 1960

OSH RULE REPORT/FORM WHERE TO FILE WHEN TO
REPORT

Rule 1960 Annual Medical 2 copies submitted On or before the

Occupational Report – DOLE to concerned RO test day of March
Health Services /BW/OH-47A AMR copy furnished the of the year
Bureau following the
covered period.

32
 D.O.13 - DOLE Regulations, Safety Standards in Construction

Objective: To familiarize the participant with the guidelines governing Occupational Safety
and Health In The Construction Industry

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE DEPARTMENT ORDER NO. 13, series of 1998

Department Order No. 13: Otherwise known as the Guidelines Governing Occupational Safety
and Health in the Construction Industry

Section 1: Definition of terms

25 terms as used in the guidelines were defined in order to clarify their meaning and to
distinguish them from similar terms as defined in other issuances

Section 2: Jurisdiction

The Secretary of the Department of Labor and Employment, by virtue of Article 162 of the Labor
Code of the Philippines, has the authority to issue appropriate laws related to the administration
and enforcement of occupational safety and health in the Philippines

Section 3: Delegation of Authority

DOLE has the power to delegate some enforcement powers to other government agencies and to
private organizations provided that they have adequate personnel and facilities (These cover
Technical Safety Inspections)

Section 4: Coverage

The guidelines shall apply to all construction activities, including demolition, whether owned by
the private or the government sector

Section 5: Construction Safety and Health Program

Before the start of the actual construction, The construction project manager shall prepare &
submit to DOLE a comprehensive construction safety & health program (for approval of the
Bureau of Working Conditions) which shall include, but not limited to:

1. Composition of the construction safety and health committee

2. Specific H&S policies within the construction site

3. Penalties for violation

4. Training of workers

5. Waste disposal

6. Other requirements of D.O. No. 13, series of 1998

33
Section 6: Personal Protective Equipment

All employers must provide personal protective equipment for all employees needing such
equipment. All other persons entering the construction site must wear the necessary protective
equipment. The equivalent cost for the provision of PPE shall be an integral part of the project
cost.

Section 7: Safety Personnel

A means of coordination was established wherein the main or general contractor shall have over-
all management and coordination of all safety and health officers/personnel working within the
construction site. All full-time safety and health personnel must be accredited by DOLE.
Safety Personnel* (Amended with Department Order No. 198-18)

Number of Workers Safety Personnel

1 - 50 1 part-time Safetyman

51 - 200 1 full-time Safetyman

201 – 250 1 full-time and 1 part-time Safetymen

Every additional 500 or fraction thereof 1 additional full-time Safetyman

*1 Safetyman for every 10 units of heavy equipment

Occupational Health Personnel

Number of Workers OH Personnel
50 or less First aider
51 to 200 Full-time nurse
201 to 300 Full-time nurse, part time physician, part time dentist
more than 300 Full-time nurse, full-time physician, full-time dentist

Occupational Health Facilities

1 bed capacity Per 100 workers in excess of 300

Contract with hospital Within 5 kms. Or 25 min. of travel

Emergency Health Provider

34
Section 8: Emergency Occupational Health Personnel and Facilities

The same provisions of the existing Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHS) are
reiterated. The provision for an emergency health provider was allowed. All other requirement
such as emergency medicines, supplies, equipment and facilities shall conform with the OSHS.

Section 9: Construction Safety Signage’ s

Mandatory provision of safety and warning signs are reiterated not only for the protection of
workers, but also the public in general. Signs should conform to the standard requirements of the
OSHS.

1. Usage of PPE

2. Falling/ falling objects

3. Explosives and flammable substances

4. Tripping or slipping hazards

5. Toxic or irritant airborne contaminants/substances

6. Electrical facility

7. Dangerous moving parts of machines

8. Fire alarms/ fire fighting

9. Instructional signs/ Update of man-hours lost

Section 10: Safety on Constru ction Heavy Equipment

A specific guide for testing, transport, erection and maintenance of heavy equipment is
formulated. All heavy equipment operators must be tested and certified by TESDA, while heavy
equipment shall be tested by DOLE recognized association/organizations.

Daily routine inspection to be conducted by duly certified mechanics/ operators, routine inspection
by DOLE accredited professionals.

Maintenance of a separate construction logbook for each equipment

Section 11: Construction Safety and Health Committee

All construction sites must have a general Construction Safety and Health Committee
composed of safety and health representatives from each sub-contractor. The construction
project manager shall head the committee. Each subcontractor shall have its own safety and
health committee based on the existing requirements of the OSHS.

35
Safety and Health Committee

Composition: Chairperson: Project Manager

Secretary: General Construction Safety and Health Officer

Members: Construction Safety and Health Officers

Safety Rep. from Subcontractors

Health Personnel

Workers’ Representatives (minimum of 3)

Duties of the Safety and Health Committee:

▪ Plan, develop and oversee the implementation of accident prevention programs

▪ Direct accident prevention efforts in accordance with rules/ program
▪ Conducts toolbox meetings everyday
▪ Review inspections and accident investigation reports
▪ Prepare and submit to DOLE minutes of committee meetings, work accidents and
illnesses, and other reporting requirements
▪ Assist government inspectors
▪ Initiate/ supervise safety and health training for employees
▪ Develop and maintain a disaster contingency plan

Section 12: Safety and Health Information

A detailed safety and health information system is included in the guidelines. These include
orientation, instructions, and training for workers; means of conveying safety related information
to all workers and specialized instructions and trainings for specialty workers and operators

General Safety and Health Measures

▪ Basic rights and duties of workers
▪ Emergency procedures
▪ Good housekeeping
▪ Welfare and first-aid facilities
▪ Care and use of PPE
▪ Personal hygiene and health protection
▪ Safety and health rules and regulations
▪ Daily tool box meetings

36
Section 13: Construction Safety and Health Training.

Safety personnel assigned within the construction site are required to undergo the basic
construction safety-training course prescribed by the Bureau of Working Conditions. Continuing
training (minimum of 16 hours per year) for all full-time safety personnel shall also be a
responsibility of each constructor.

Specialized instruction and training

▪ Operation of construction equipment
▪ Erection or dismantling of scaffolds
▪ Excavation works
▪ Handling of explosives
▪ Workers engaged in pile-driving
▪ Compressed air, cofferdams, and caissons
▪ Erection of steel structural frames and tall chimneys
▪ Handling hazardous substance and materials
▪ Rigging and signaling

Section 14: Construction Safety and Health Reports.

Monthly submission of summary reports to DOLE is required. The summary reports shall
include safety committee meeting agreements, accident investigation reports, and hazard
assessments with corresponding remedial action/measures required.

Notification of major accidents to DOLE within 24 hours

Section 15: Construction Worker’s Skills

A Skills certificate shall be required for construction related occupations that have been classified
as “Critical Occupations” by TESDA.

An occupation shall be considered as critical –

▪ When it may affect and endanger people’s lives and limbs

▪ When it involves the handling of hazardous tools, equipment, supplies

▪ When it requires a relatively long period of education and training

▪ When the performance of the job may compromise the safety, health and environment
concerns within the immediate vicinity of the construction site.

37
Section 16: Worker’s Welfare Facilities

The employer shall provide for adequate supply of safe drinking water, adequate sanitary and
washing facilities in order to ensure humane conditions of work.

Section 17: Cost of Construction Safety and Health Program

The total cost of the Construction Safety and Health Program shall be a mandatory integral
part of the construction project. It shall be treated as a separate pay item and reflected in the
project’s bid tender documents.

Section 18: Effects on Other Issuances

Provisions of other existing occupational safety and health guidelines not inconsistent with
these Guidelines shall form part of this Department Order. Standards, rules and regulations not
specifically provided shall remain in full force and effect. However, in the event that any provision
of the Guidelines is declared invalid by competent authority, the rest of the provisions thereof not
affected shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 19: Violations and Penalties

Violations committed by constructors as determined by DOLE after due process shall be

considered as prima facie case of a construction mal-performance of grave consequence under
RA 4566 (Constructors’ Licensing Law) as amended and pertinent IRR.

In cases of imminent danger situations, the procedures/requirements of the OSHS and DOLE
regulations shall be applied.

Section 20: Effectivity

The Guidelines shall be immediately effective, that is, 15 days after publication in
newspapers of general circulation, as provided in Article 5 of the Labor Code.

D.O. No. 13, s.1998 was signed on July 23, 1998 and published on August 1, 1998 in the
Philippine Daily Inquirer and on August 3, 1998 in People’s Tonight

Safety Responsibilities of everyone

Responsibility - Is having to answer to higher management for activities and results.

Authority - Is the right to correct, command, and determine the courses of action.

Delegation - Is sharing the authority and responsibility with others. Even though we delegate
responsibility, we cannot completely relieved from it.

Accountability - Is an active measurement taken by management to ensure compliance with

standards.

38
 CONSTRUCTION SITE PREMISES

General Contents:
1. General construction site safety.
2. Construction site planning
3. Safety warning and danger signs
4. Safe access and egress, including yards, walkways, roadways, working surfaces,
stairs, ramps, ladders
5. Temporary fire protection requirements
6. Electrical safety
7. Confined spaces
8. Construction site housekeeping

Construction site planning:

WHAT IS PLANNING?

Planning is a basic management tool that involves successfully completing a scheduled collection
of inter-related sequential activities in the prescribed time within the budgeted cost by utilizing the
specified resource.

Safety warning and danger signs:

SAFETY BOARDS, SAFETY STICKERS

& SAFETY INSPECTION TAG SAFETY BOARD LIST :Description Size/ (mm)h x w
1. Warning Notice for Passenger Hoist 460x610
2. Warning Notice for Material Hoist (Use Bell) 460x610
3. Warning Notice for Material Hoist (Use Intercom) 460x610
4. Warning Notice for Oxygen and Acetylene Cylinders Storage 460x610
5. Wear Safety Belt while raising up and down external working platform 450x350
6. Site Health, Safety & Environment Basic Rules 610x920
7. Warning Notice for No Unauthorized Entry and Must Be Wearing Safety Helmet on
Site at All Times 920x610
8. Notice of Workers Must Be Carrying ID Card 1000x100
9. Give Way to Loaded Truck 920x610
10. Site Entrance-Beware of Truck 610x460
11. Health, Safety & Environment Statistics Board 1830x920
12. Danger-Men Working Above 610x920
13. Danger-Deep Excavation 610x 920
14. Danger-Welding in Progress 610x920
15. Danger-Confined Space Entry In Progress 610x920
16. Danger-Radiation Area 610x920
17. Danger-Keep Away-Abrasive In Progress 610x920
18. Danger-Keep Away-Blasting In Progress 610x920

Safe access and egress, including yards, walkways, roadways, working surfaces, stairs,
ramps, ladders:

39
SAFE ACCESS AND EGRESS
A. SITE ENTRANCE AND ACCESS ROAD:
Road signs should be posted to enable lorries coming on site to proceed to their correct
destination and to facilitate the task of emergency services getting to their destination with
ease and the minimum of delay.
▪ Road and passageway should be kept clear of obstruction at all times.
▪ They should be arranged that they are the easiest means of going through a site,
thereby reducing the temptation to employees to take short-cut and walk through
operating areas and near to other equipment.
▪ Stacking material should not project into access ways or passageways.

B. STAIRWAY

▪ Stairways should at all times be kept clear of materials and must be properly lit.
▪ Handrails must be provided where personal is liable to fall more than 2m.

C. OVERHEAD WALKWAYS AND RAMPS

▪ Nothing must be thrown down from one level to another.

▪ Tools, etc. should not be placed on overhead locations, such as scaffolding, window
ledges, or shelves, where they can fall and strike men working below. In such locations
suitable protection must be installed to prevent tools, materials, etc. falling.

D. FLOORS

Floors, passageways, walkways, etc. must be kept clear of small articles, tools, scrap metal or
any other working material when any of these are no longer in use. Oils, grease, chips, or other
material which can be the cause of slipping or falling must be removed.

Floors should be cleared frequently and kept in good condition, firm and level. Worn spots and
other defects should be reported for repair immediately.

Safe access and egress, including yards, walkways, roadways, working surfaces, stairs, ramps,
ladders.

LADDER:

General Safety Rules:

▪ Inspect every ladder before using it.

▪ Remove from service any ladder found defective.
▪ Use safety standard form in for inspection.
▪ Painted ladders are not permitted
▪ If it is necessary to place a ladder in or behind ladder in or behind a doorway,
barricade the work area and post warning signs on both sides of the door.
▪ While ascending and descending a ladder, hold on to a straight ladder with both
hands, and hold on to a step ladder with at least one hand.
▪ Use a rope to raise or lower materials.
▪ Keep both feet on the ladder rungs.
▪ Do not reach out too far.

40
 ▪ Change the position of the ladder as often as necessary to keep within reach of the
work.
▪ Face on ladder when working from it.
▪ Do not allow more than one person on a ladder unless the ladder is designed for
more than one person.
▪ Do not use metal ladders for electric welding or near energized electric lines or
services.
▪ Under no circumstances use chairs or other furniture as ladders.
▪ Straight or Extension Ladder
▪ Place ladder so that distance of the base is one-fourth distance of the height.
▪ Every ladder shall be equipped with a tie-off rope and non-skid safety feet.
▪ Every ladder shall be adequately tied-off or held.
▪ The top of a straight or extension ladder shall extend at least three (3) feet beyond
the supporting object when such a ladder is used as access to an elevated work
area.
▪ After an extension section has been raised to desired height, check to see that safety
latches are engaged and that the extension rope is secured to a rung on the base
section of the ladder.
▪ Extension ladders shall be overlapped a minimum of three (3) rungs.

Stepladders:
▪ Do not work from the top three (3) rungs of any straight or extension ladder.
▪ Set stepladder level on all four feet, with spreaders locked in place.
▪ Do not use stepladder as a straight ladder.
▪ Never stand or sit on the top of a stepladder.
▪ Remove tools and equipment from the ladder before moving.
▪ Tie-off a stepladder when using it close to the edge of an elevated platform, roof, or
floor opening and utilize fall protection.
▪ Extension Ladders must be in good condition at all times.
▪ The user should inspect the ladder before each use.
▪ All ladders shall be inspected quarterly.
▪ Use safety standard form in for inspection.
▪ Bends, dents, cracks, loose or missing rivets, disconnected braces and corrosion
weaken a ladder seriously.
▪ Carefully inspect the area around rivet points or fiberglass ladders for hairline stress
cracks.
▪ Destroy any defective ladder immediately or remove them from the site.

Care and Storage:

▪ Store ladders on racks in locations protected from the elements, with good ventilation
▪ Store ladders on racks in locations protected from the elements, with good ventilation
and away from excessive heat.
▪ Storage racks should have sufficient supporting points to avoid sagging.
▪ Long ladders need support every six (6) feet.
▪ Do not put materials on stored ladders.

PERSONNEL SITE SECURITY/ACCESS/DESCIPLINE

▪ All Construction Personnel who passed the HSE Examination shall be issued with a
Project ID which must be displayed at all times.
▪ The issued ID must be renewed on or before expiry date after re-induction.
▪ Vehicles and/or equipment (including hand-tools) must be inspected using the safety
standard forms & issued an Equipment Pass Sticker after inspection and proven safe
for use by the HSE Engineer and must be operated only by authorized personnel.

41
 ▪ Any personnel who violates site safety rules and regulations whether deliberately or
not, shall be liable to disciplinary actions, including dismissal.

MEDICAL SERVICES/SUPPLIES
▪ Site Clinic shall be equipped with necessary paraphernalia like stretcher, first aid kits,
eye wash, stethoscope, BP Apparatus and all kinds of emergency and basic
medicines for various types of illnesses. (Refer to DOLE-OSHS-Table 4/ Table of
Medicines, Medical Supplies & facilities/Pages # 193-197)
▪ A nurse and a service vehicle shall be present at all times to attend to the needs of
all injured personnel at site.
▪ Site Clinic shall be equipped with necessary paraphernalia like stretcher, first aid kits,
eye wash, stethoscope, BP Apparatus and all kinds of emergency and basic
medicines for various types of illnesses. (Refer to DOLE-OSHS-Table 4/ Table of
Medicines, Medical Supplies & facilities/Pages # 193-197)
▪ A nurse and a service vehicle shall be present at all times to attend to the needs of
all injured personnel at site.

HOUSEKEEPING

▪ Good housekeeping plays an important role in accident prevention. First Line Supervisor
and workers involved shall adhere strictly to the implementation of housekeeping, a good
trait an individual should exercise as apart of his daily activities.

▪ All rubbish and scrap materials are fire and accident hazards. Therefore, it must be
collected and disposed of daily at designated dumping areas.
▪ Trash cans/drums shall be available and properly identified in the site at all times for
easy disposal of scrap materials and rubbish.
▪ Excess cables/wires shall be placed in a designated area for disposal.
▪ A Dumping Permit from the Department of Environment and Natural Resources
should be secured by the Rubbish Collector.
▪ Excess cables/wires shall be placed in a designated area for disposal.

DRINKING WATER AND WASHING FACILITY

▪ The HSE Department will conduct monthly audits of all aspects of this procedure. Audits
results will be documented.
▪ Potability test should be done quarterly and records should be kept on file.

Water Jugs:
▪ Water jugs must be capable of being tightly closed and equipped with a tap.
▪ Water containers must be clearly marked as to the nature of its contents.
▪ Water shall not be dipped from containers.

SANITATION AND SAFETY

Sanitation of a Canteen:
Sanitation – is a built-in factor in the planning of a food service.

Floors, Walls, Ceilings

▪ Floors that are smooth and properly constructed are easy to clean, whereas rough
and absorbent floors are not.
▪ Floors subjected to fluid wastes from cooking kettles and improperly drained may be
a feeding ground for bacteria as well as insect pests.

42
 ▪ Similarly, walls, ceilings which are rough or in poor state of repair may harbor
bacteria.
▪ Other places where contaminants may lodge are window sills, skylights, light fixtures,
beams, rafters, joints etc.

Garbage and Rubbish

▪ Garbage and rubbish must be stored in containers constructed of durable material
which do not absorb odors, do not corrode, and are easily cleaned.
▪ The containers should not leak.
▪ These could be covered with tight lids, unless they are stored in waste refrigerators or in
vermin-and odor-proof rooms.

Sewage Disposal

▪ Sanitary sewage disposal should prevent the contamination of the ground and the water
supply; it should also preclude access of rodents and files to human feces.

Plumbing

▪ If plumbing is not properly installed or is not properly maintained, serious trouble will
ensure.
▪ Among these, back siphonage, stoppages and cross connections with the water
system has frequently caused contamination in the food preparation and storage
areas; leakage of sewer pipes is also a common problem.

Toilet Facilities

▪ Toilet facilities must be provided at each project site location.

▪ Toilets must be of sanitary design, maintained in good working order, used properly,
and kept in clean condition.
▪ Unsanitary toilet facilities attract flies and other insects, they are also a hazard to
clothing and hands of the food handler using the facility.

Equipment and Utensils Sanitation

▪ Equipment and utensils are known to have become contaminated with pathogens which
come from the human reservoir, from rodents, and insects, from sewage originating from
faulty pipes and drains, from non- potable water and from contaminated food

EXCAVATION SAFETY
Regulations:

▪ OSH Standards Rule 1410 –Construction Safety

▪ OSH Standards Rule 1413-Excavation
▪ 29 CFR 1926 Sub Part P – Excavation

INTRODUCTION
▪ Excavation is always important part of the construction works & mining, i.e,
excavation of building & bridge foundations, trenching for buried pipelines & electrical

43
 poles, tunneling, etc. Strategic plan should be tabled & implemented while engage
for this work.

▪ Accidents due to cave-in occur for excavations which are not shored or otherwise
supported. Even rock that looks solid from a cursory inspection can collapse w/o
warning. The sides of an excavation may need to be suitably shored, benched or
sloped back to a safe angle of repose, depth and soil classification.

▪ Other types of excavation accidents are caused by contact w/ above & under ground
pipes and cables, by falls of equipment and person, by persons being struck by
excavating equipment, and by hazardous atmosphere.

Excavation Hazards:
▪ Surface encumbrances
▪ Utilities
▪ Access/Egress
▪ Vehicle traffic
▪ Falling loads
▪ Mobile equipment
▪ Hazardous atmospheres
▪ Water accumulation
▪ Adjacent structures
▪ Loose rock or soil
▪ Falls
▪ Cave-in

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO EXCAVATION:

▪ Carry out joint site safety inspection with client / owner, consultant & company
representatives.
▪ Identify & locate underground facilities / utilities, i.e., water / oil / gas pipelines,
electric powerlines, telephone lines, sanitary sewer lines.
▪ Municipal Permit Requirements:
o Excavation Plan
o Verify existing utilities
o Refer to as built plans
o Emergency / Contingency Plan
o Public safety
▪ Proximity of adjacent structures
▪ Weather & moisture conditions
▪ Sources of the vibrations
▪ Adjacent road footpaths
▪ Method of excavation
▪ Other possible considerations

Surface Encumbrances
▪ Need to be removed or supported
▪ e.g. fencing, piping, structure, materials

Utilities
▪ Underground
▪ Locate prior to digging

44
 ▪ Certify deactivation
▪ Protect, support, or remove

Access/Egress

Note: Poor housekeeping --- # 1 cause of slips, trips and falls on construction projects
▪ Debris kept cleared from work areas
▪ Mark hazards
▪ Barricade or cover holes
Egress provided-
▪ 25’ travel distance
▪ ladders
▪ ramps
▪ stairs

Vehicle Traffic
▪ Traffic Control
▪ Traffic Safety Vests

Mobile Equipment

Warning system:
▪ Barricades
▪ Hand signals
▪ Mechanical signals
▪ Stop logs
▪ Grade away from excavation

Hazardous Atmosphere
▪ Test @ 4’ if suspected
▪ LEL
▪ Oxygen
▪ CO
▪ H2S
▪ Petroleum
▪ Other toxics
Ventilation
▪ Displace hazardous gases and vapors
▪ Considerations
o Heavier than air or lighter than air contaminant
o Exhausting or blowing in
o Volume/time required to lower concentrations to acceptable levels

Water Accumulations
Protection from hazards associated with water accumulation
▪ Protection against cave-in
▪ Water removal (pumping)
▪ Run-off protection
▪ Consider temporary shut-off of water lines
Adjacent Structures
Ensure structure stability
▪ Shoring
▪ Bracing

45
 ▪ Underpinning
▪ Or evaluation by P.E.

Cave-in
Protection from cave-in requires a systematic approach including:
▪ Soil classification
▪ Protective systems
▪ Inspection
▪ Employee training

SOIL TESTING
▪ Soil testing shall be done by accredited Soil Testing Firm for the following reasons:
o soil type
o pre-planning
o type of sloping / shoring required
▪ Compilation of Test Certificate

EXCAVATION SAFETY PRINCIPLES

SOIL MECHANICS
▪ In trenching and excavation practices, SOIL is defined as any materials removed
from the ground to form a hole, trench or cavity for the purpose of working below the
earth’s surface.
SOIL CLASSIFICATION
▪ Stable Rock - natural solid mineral matter that can be excavated with vertical sides
and remain intact while exposed.
▪ Type A - cohesive soil with unconfined compressive strength of 144 kPa or greater.
Examples; clay, silty clay, clay loam, sandy clay
▪ Type B - cohesive soil with unconfined compressive strength greater than 48 kPa but
less than 144 kPa.
Examples; angular gravel, silt, silt loam, sandy loam
▪ Type C - cohesive soil with unconfined compressive strength of 48 kPa or less.
Examples; gravel, sand, loamy sand submerged soil

TYPES OF SOIL COLLAPSE:

▪ General zone of exposure
The area where workers are exposed to mass soil/rock movement.
▪ Spoil pile slide
▪ Side wall Shear
▪ Slough-in (Cave-in)
▪ Rotation

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES

Soil/Rock Type Ratio Slope (Deg)
Stable Rock Vertical 90
Type A ¾:1 53
Type B 1:1 45
1 ½:1 34

Note: This table is good for excavation less than 20 ft deep.

46
METHODS OF EXCAVATION PROTECTION:
▪ Sloping - please see table for maximum allowable slopes
▪ Benching
▪ Shoring / Timbering
▪ Sheet Piles
▪ Concrete Piles
▪ Micro piles
▪ Diaphragm
▪ Dewatering System

OSH REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
▪ Train Workers
▪ Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
▪ PROTECTION SYSTEMS
The excavation or trench must either be sloped or supported as required to
comply with OSHS
Excavation over 6.6 m deep, protection system must be installed to prevent
the movement & collapse of adjacent structure shall be designed by structural
engineer & approved by the proper authority.
▪ LOCATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
▪ PUBLIC PROTECTION & TRAFFIC CONTROL
Traffic around the site must be controlled, and barricaded, signs and/or flag persons
used as needed to control both vehicular and pedestrian traffic.
▪ PROVISION FOR ACCESS/ EGRESS
A ladder must be located within 25 ft or 8m of a worker’s working position.
▪ PROVISION FOR BARRICADES
▪ EXPERIENCED SUPERVISOR
An experienced and trained worker is designated to directly supervise each
excavation project.
o sloping and benching
o shoring requirements
o emergency rescue procedures.
▪ SITE INSPECTION
o Every part of an excavation over 2 m deep where workers work shall be
inspected.
o A competent person shall conduct daily inspections of excavations, adjacent
areas, and protective systems for evidence of a situation that could result to
an accident.

CONTRIBUTARY FACTORS IN EXCAVATION COLLAPSE

▪ Water (i.e., rain, natural ground water, near the water sources)!
▪ Improper sloping technique!
▪ improper impoundment of excavated soil!
▪ Wrong parking of heavy equipment, machines & vehicles!
▪ Improper barricade, light, sign, etc.
▪ No regular monitoring or inspection!
▪ No adequate training!

47
Simple Slope

▪ Type A - 3/4:1

▪ Type B - 1:1

▪ Type C - 1½ :1

Benching

▪ Type A

48
 ▪ Type B (cohesive soil)

Shoring

Timber Shoring

49
 Aluminum Shoring

Shields (Trench Boxes)

50
Protective Systems
Removal
▪ Employees clear of area under shields during removal
▪ Shoring removed from the bottom up, SLOWLY!
▪ Backfill with removal

EXCAVATION SAFETY INSPECTION

SITE INSPECTION
▪ Inspection shall be conducted
o prior
o during
o after each hazard changing event.

▪ Daily Inspection shall be conducted on

o excavations
o adjacent areas
o protective systems for possible cave-ins
o failure of protective systems
o hazardous atmospheres
o other hazardous conditions

SAMPLE DAILY INSPECTION

▪ Surface Conditions
o Cracks or Cracking
o Spoil piles set back 2’ from edge
o No equipment or material near edge
o No standing water in excavation
o No sources of vibration

▪ Banks and Sides of Slope or Bench

o Cracks or Cracking
o Spalling
o Change in Soil type
o Slope adequate for soil

▪ Shoring and Shielding

o In place
o No leakage on hydraulic cylinders
o Wedges tight

▪ Access and Egress

o Access every 25 feet
o Stairs, ladders and ramp set properly

▪ Existing Utilities
o Support Adequate
o Loose Materials
o Utilities identified and protected.

▪ Weather
o Rain
o Typhoon, Storm, Wind

51
 ▪ PPE
o Reflectorized vests in vehicular areas
o Hard hats, steel-toe shoes, etc. being used as specified.

▪ SLOPING AND BENCHING

The slope and configuration of sloping and benching system shall be selected and
constructed by competent person.

▪ SHORING AND SHIELDING

52
 EQUIPMENT & HANDTOOLS
▪ EQUIPMENT
o Backhoe
o bulldozer
o wheel Loader
o Grader
o Rock Breaker

▪ HANDTOOLS
o Shovel
o Pickax
o Pneumatic hammer
o etc.

53
 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT SAFETY
DEFINITION
Machine
▪ Anything that converts one form of energy into mechanical energy.
▪ Anything that moves.
▪ Any contrivance that produces work.

Guarding
▪ Any means of effective preventing person from coming into contact with the
moving parts of the machinery or equipment that could cause physical harm
to the person.
▪ The term guarding or guard is not intended to specify a particular type of
safeguard but implies a prohibition access to dangerous parts; thus for all
practical purpose railing and guarding maybe taken to have the same
meaning.

INTRODUCTION

Engineering hazards out of the job is the first step in any operation to assure contained
production, workers safety and health, and reduced damage to equipment.

Guards or barriers can prevent injuries from these sources:

Direct contact with machines

▪ The worker contacts with the moving parts of the machine that may cause
cuts crushed bodily parts, etc.
▪ The worker contacts the hot parts of the machine
▪ Especially when it is running for quite a long time, This may cause burn.

Contact with materials in process:

▪ This happens when the hand holding the materials to be processed is
caught between moving parts.
▪ When flying components of the materials being processed get into the
worker’s eyes, which in turn could cause eye injuries.

Mechanical Defect:
▪ Something is wrong with the machine itself. The parts are sometimes in
faulty condition that is why accident is generated.

Electrical Failure:
▪ When electrical connection becomes defective, the machine becomes
grounded which could cause electrical shock.

Human Failure:
▪ The operation himself is defective, During the working period, he may be
drunk, sleepy or not in perfect condition. This actuation could cause
accidents. Another typical human failure is a man’s curiosity.

54
WHY SHOULD MACHINE BE GUARDED?

High source of compensable injuries

▪ Principal source of injuries. Whenever a machine is involved in an
accident, the effects are injuries, damage to the resources and delays.

High severity
▪ Many permanent-partial disability and fatality cases are caused by
machinery.

Distraction
▪ Efficiency/ Performance of the operation is affected. An operator of an
unguarded machine divides his attention to the job he is working and
trying not to be caught between the moving parts of the machine, it is
likely to be damaged.

SAFEGUARDING MECHANISM

There are certain basic mechanisms, which, if exposed, always need safeguarding.
Such mechanisms are found in almost any department that uses machinery and
equipment.

A. Rotating mechanism
A rotating part is dangerous unless it is safeguarded. Mechanical power
transmission apparatus represents the large percentage of this type of hazardous
mechanism.
▪ Although such apparatus causes relatively few injuries, injuries often are
permanently disabling. Transmission equipment should, therefore, be
safeguarded as effectively as possible.

B. Cutting or shearing mechanisms

The hazards of cutting shearing mechanisms lie at the points where the work is
being done and where the movable parts of the machine approach or cross the
fixed parts of the piece of machine. Guillotine cutters, shear, presses, band and
circular saws, milling machines, lathes, shapers, and abrasive wheels are typical
of machines that present cutting or shearing hazards.

C. In running nip points

Whenever two or more parallel shafts that are close together rotate in opposite
directions, an in-running nip point is formed. Objects or parts of the body may be
drawn into this nip point and be crushed or mangled.
▪ Safeguards used to make machinery safe include the fixed guard or
enclosure, the interlocking guard or barrier, and the automatic protection
device. Automatic or semiautomatic feeding and injection methods are
also ways of safeguarding machine operations.

55
METHODS OF GUARDING

A. Fixed guards or enclosures

▪ The fixed guards or enclosure is considered preferable to all other types
of protection and should be used in every case, unless it has been
definitely determined that this type is not at all practical.
▪ The principal advantage of the fixed guard is that it prevents access to the
dangerous parts of the machine at all times.
▪ Another advantage to this type of guard is that when the production job is
finished, the guard remains with the die until it is needed for the next run.

B. Interlocking guards or barriers

▪ Where a fixed safeguard cannot be used, an interlocking guard or barrier should
be fitted onto the machine as the first alternative. Interlocking may be
mechanical, electrical, pneumatic, or a combination of types.
▪ The purpose of the interlock is to prevent operation of the control that sets the
machine in motion until the guard or barrier is moved into position. Operators
subsequently cannot reach the point of operation, the point of danger.
▪ To be effective, interlocking safeguard satisfy three requirements. It must:
▪ Guard the dangerous part before the machine can be operated
▪ Stay closed until the dangerous part is at rest.
▪ Prevent operation of the machine, if the interlocking device fails.

C. Automatic protection devices (sweep guard, electronic guard)

▪ An automatic protection device may be used, subject to certain restrictions, when
neither a fixed nor an interlocking safeguard is practicable. Such a device must
prevent the operator from coming in contact with the dangerous part of the
machine while it is in motion, or must be able to stop the machine in case of
danger.
▪ An automatic device functions independently of the operator, and its action is
operated as long as the machine is in motion. The advantage of this type of
device is that tripping can occur only after the operator’s hands, arms and body
have been removed from the danger zone.
▪ The machine usually operates an automatic protection device itself through a
system of linkage, through levers, or by electronic means, and there are many
variations. It can also be a hand-restrain device or similar device, or a
photoelectric relay.
▪ All electronic safety devices for power presses are made to perform the same
function when energized;
o They act to interrupt the electric current to the power press (just as if the
STOP button had been pushed).
o Electronic safety devices are effective only on power presses having air,
hydraulic, or friction clutches.
o Such devices are not effective on power presses with positive clutches,
because once the operating cycle of this type of power press starts;
nothing can prevent completion of the cycle.
▪ To be effective, the electronic device should be operated from a closed electrical
circuit so that interruption of the current will automatically prevent the press from
tripping.
o It is the supervisor’s responsibility to make sure these devices are
properly adjusted and maintained in peaked operating condition.

56
 o Many injuries have occurred because of improper adjustment and
because parts have been allowed to become worn or need repair.
▪ One advantage claimed for electronic devices is the absence of a mechanism
in front of the operator. It is particularly advantageous on large presses. The
electric-eye device should be installed far enough away from the danger zone so
that it will stop the slide or ram before the operator’s hand can get underneath,
and sufficient light beams should cover the bad break open area with a curtain of
light.

D. Automation
▪ Automation is defined as the mechanization of processes by the use of
automatically controlled conveying equipment.
▪ Automation has minimized the hazards associated with manually moving
stock in and out of machines and transferring if from one machine to another.
▪ It has also minimized exposure to the cause of hernia injuries, and foot
injuries.
▪ Most finger and hand injuries, result from, operator exposures to the closing
or working parts of the machine in the process of loading and unloading.
▪ The use of indexing fingers, sliding dies, and tongs or similar hand tools
reduces the hazards from such exposure, but the supervisor still has the
problem of making sure that these devices are used consistently and
correctly.
▪ Automation eliminates or greatly reduces exposure to mechanical and
handling hazards. In the single-operation process, however, the principles of
safeguarding of equipment must still applied. These principles are:
o Engineer the hazard out of the job insofar as possible.
o Guard the remaining hazards.
o Educate and test the performance of workers.
o Insist on use of safeguards provided.

E. Safeguarding for maintenance and repairs

▪ Machines are subject to wear and deterioration to become unsafe to operate.
▪ Wear cannot be prevented, but it can be reduced to a minimum by controlling
loads through proper manufacturing methods, alert supervision, attention of
employees, and by good maintenance.
▪ Lubrication is a basic maintenance function.
▪ Centralized lubrication will reduce the hazards to which the oilier is subjected
when climbing ladders attempting to reach fairly inaccessible points.
▪ Perhaps, changes can be made so that most lubrication can be done at floor
level.
▪ When boilers must get to the tops of presses to lubricate fly wheel bearings,
motors, and other parts.
▪ Repair crews must also get to such places.
▪ Good practice suggests, that permanent ladders with sturdy enclosures (cage or
walls) be installed.

SAFE PRACTICES
▪ Safeguards are of primary importance in eliminating machine accidents, but they
are not enough. The employee who works around mechanical equipment or
operates a piece of machinery must have healthy respect for safeguards.

57
 ▪ Positive procedures should be established to prevent misunderstandings, and
the supervisor should enforce the following:
▪ No guard, barrier, or enclosure should be adjusted or removed for any reason by
anyone unless that person has specific permission from the supervisor, has been
specially trained to do this work; and machine adjustment is considered a normal
part of the job.
▪ Before safeguards or other guarding devices are removed so that repair or
adjustments can be made or equipment can be lubricated or otherwise serviced
– power for the equipment must be turned off and the main switch locked out and
tagged.
▪ No machine should be started unless the safeguards are in place and in good
condition.
▪ Defective or missing safeguards should be reported to the supervisor
immediately.
▪ Employees should not work on or walk around mechanical equipment while
wearing neckties, loose clothing, watches, rings, or other jewelry.

CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY (MOBILE EQUIPMENT)

Definition:
▪ Heavy equipment is heavy duty vehicles like earth movers, road pavers, asphalt
makers and steam rollers.
▪ Construction crews and engineering groups will use these machines to complete
large projects or infrastructure activities.
▪ Heavy construction equipment should only be handled by a properly trained
operator who can demonstrate the ability and skill required.
▪ Not only the operator but those who have occasion to be around the equipment
can put themselves and others at great risk of harm if safe practices are not
followed

Accident Statistics:
▪ Each year mobile heavy equipment kills nearly 200 in the U.S. and many more
are injured.
▪ In the 1992-1998 National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)
report, 110 fatalities were reported involving equipment operators.

Safe Work Practices: Checks

▪ Check the area, for hazards e.g. close proximity to buildings or excavations,
other vehicles

USE
▪ Most heavy equipment in use today requires some type of training or operational
skill.
▪ State or local governments and outside organizations may require certification for
operation, which helps to reduce accidents.

58
 Types of Heavy Equipment
▪ Power shovel ▪ Road roller
▪ Back hoe and high loader ▪ Concrete-paving machine
▪ Front-end loader ▪ Pile-driver and crane
▪ Equipment moving vehicles ▪ Asphalt –plant bulldozer
▪ Trench digger ▪ Asphalt-paving machine
▪ Blade grader ▪ Earth mover
▪ Drills ▪ Power saws
▪ Graders ▪ Land Driller rigs
▪ Scrapers ▪ Forklifts

Parts of Heavy Equipment

▪ Axle ▪ Electrical Components

▪ Beds ▪ Engines
▪ Belting ▪ Final Drivers
▪ C-Frame ▪ Hydraulics
▪ Cabs ▪ Motors
▪ Car Body ▪ Planetary
▪ Cylinders ▪ Radiators
▪ Differentials ▪ Rims
▪ Tail Gate ▪ Tires
▪ Transmissions ▪ Torque Converters
▪ Under Carriage ▪ Wheels

Overhead Powerlines
▪ Contact with overhead power lines is a major cause of fatalities in the construction
industry. As many as 100 workers are killed each year by inadvertent power line
contacts, most of which occur through the use of high reaching material-handling
equipment.

SAFE WORKING DISTANCE FROM POWER LINES

When Operating near high-voltage power lines
Normal Voltage Minimum required clearance
(phase to phase)
To 50 KV 10 ft (3.1 m)
Over 50 to 200 KV 15 ft (4.6 m)
Over 200 to 350 KV 20 ft ( 6.1 m)
Over 350 to 500 KV 25 ft (7.6 m)
Over 500 to 750 KV 35 ft (10.7 m)
Over 750 to 1000 KV 45 ft (13.7 m)
While in transit with no load or boom or mast lowered:
Normal Voltage (phase to phase) Minimum required clerance
To 0.75 kv 4 ft (1.2 m)
Over 0.75 to 50 kv 6 ft (1.3 m)
Over 50 kw to 345 kv 10 ft (3.5 m)
Over 345 to 700 kv 16 ft (4.9 m)
Over 750 to 1000 kv 20 ft (6.1 m)

59
Driving Conditions
▪ Most equipment operators drive machinery during all types of weather conditions.
▪ Operators should check the ground to make sure heavy equipment can drive on top of it,
such as muddy spots where equipment wheels could sink into the ground and become
stuck.
▪ Operators should also check that the appropriate barricades or personnel are present.

Work Zone Protections

▪ Various concrete, water, sand, collapsible barriers, crash cushions, and truck-mounted
attenuators can help limit motorist intrusions into construction work zones
▪ Operators must constantly be aware of other employees who are walking or working near
the machinery.

Operator’s line of sight

▪ Employers should ensure all workers have been properly trained regarding an operator's
line of sight when up in the control seat.

▪ Using of horn and lights to warn workers when making sudden turns and carrying the
appropriate weight load on equipment, such as forklifts, to prevent the machinery from
tipping over.

What an operator does not see.

60
Proper Spotting of Heavy Equipment Operations

▪ Stand away from the equipment and remain in clear view of the operator. Be vigilant
of the operator's blind spots.
▪ Certain locations where there is pedestrian traffic nearby may require more than one
spotter.

SAFE WORK PRACTICES: BLIND SPOT

The shaded areas represents the danger zone or “NO-GO-
ZONE”.

The vehicle operators view of pedestrian is greatly reduced

or obscured altogether.

61
Light grey is difficult to see and darker area is out of sight of the driver. Know these areas prior to
commencing work.

62
63
64
 Proper Spotting of Heavy Equipment Operations

▪ Be on the lookout for equipment failure. Small items matter.

▪ As an example, construction vehicles must have two operating headlights and two
operating taillights.

65
Heavy Equipment Fires

▪ There are numerous potentials fuels and sources of ignition on heavy equipment.

▪ Flammable solids include plastic and fiberglass componenets and the accumulation of
material from the environment of the work equipment.

▪ Flammable liquids includes

▪ Gasoline

▪ Diesel fuel

▪ Hydraulic oil

▪ Engine coolant

▪ To prevent injury to personnel and damage to equipment, do not overfill fuel tank.

▪ Make sure a fire extinguisher is provided when refuelling.

▪ Potential sources of ignition in heavy equipment fires need to be evaluated carefully.

▪ For example many equipment fires are attributed to electrical faults.

▪ Hot surface ignition.

Tire Failures:

1. Tread Separation
2. Blowout
3. Flat Tires

66
Tire Maintenance

▪ Improve vehicle handling ▪ Proper tire pressure

▪ Protection from avoidable ▪ Observe tire and vehicle load limits

breakdowns and accidents
▪ Slashes
▪ Improve fuel economy
▪ Bulging
▪ Increase the life of your tires.
▪ Other irregularities
Tire Rotation

For maximum milleage, rotate your tires every 5000 miles (8,000 km). Follow the
correct rotation patterns.

Tire Wear – Visual Check

Check for obvious signs of wear. Place a

penny in the tire where Lincolns head is in an
upside-down position. If you can see the top of
Lincoln’s head, the threads are worn and needs
replacement.

67
Three things to remember:
1. INFLATE. Check your tire pressue monthly.

2. Rotate. Rotate tires every 5000 miles (8000 km).

3. Evaluate. Routinely look for signs of tread wear or damage.

Safe Operations

▪ Safe operation of heavy equipment begins with a common sense, a thorough walk-
around inspection of the equipment and a knowledgeable staff.

▪ All workers should read and understand safety manuals associated with the equipment
being operated, whether driving, guiding or spotting the equipment.

▪ Each worker plays a crucial role in the safety of the team when working with heavy
equipment.

▪ Conduct a walk-around inspection every time before using the equipment. Walk
completely around the machine and examine each part.

▪ Oil and coolant in motorized machines

▪ Check the tires

▪ Undercarriage

▪ Dramatic wear

▪ Damage and leaks.

Equipment Operations Checklist

▪ Heavy-equipment operators should conduct pre-operation inspections of all heavy

equipment before driving.

▪ Inspections should include checking for the correct tire pressure, making sure all controls
operate properly and noticing any fuel leaks.

▪ The operator should know the proper procedure in reporting any faulty equipment to the
appropriate supervisor so that it can be repaired.

BLOWBAGETS CHECK

It is a visual check up to discover & judge machine’s condition for any

abnormalities with the aid of five (5) senses.

BLOWBAGETS Inspection is performed following equipment checklist and with

each engine stop:

• BATTERY
• LIGHTS
• OIL

68
 • WATER
• BRAKES
• AIR
• GAS
• EWD
• TOOLS
• SELF

BLOWBAGETS INSPECTION ITEMS

It is visual checkup to discover

and judge machines condition for
any abnormalities with the aid of
five senses.

PROCEDURE:

▪ BLOWBAGETS

A visual check on machines Battery, Lights, Oil, Water, Breaks, Air,

Gas, EWD, Tools, and Self.

BATTERY:

▪ Check electrolyte level

▪ Check battery post and clamps

▪ Check surface and case

▪ Check wirings and connections

LIGHTINGS:

Check conditions of:

▪ head and rare lamps ▪ beacon lamp

▪ control and monitor panel ▪ wirings and connections

indicator
▪ horn function
▪ switches and connectors
▪ Working and Cab lamps

69
 OIL LUBRICATION:

Check oil level and conditions of:

▪ engine oil

▪ hydraulic oil

▪ check for possible contamination of water

and fuel

WATER:

Check level and conditions:

▪ Water coolant

▪ radiator cap and fins

▪ hoses and clamps

▪ find blade in shroud (cover)

BRAKES:

Check level and conditions of:

▪ Brake fluid and container

▪ brake pads

AIR:

Check conditions of:

▪ Restriction
indicator

▪ evacuator valve

▪ air cleaner

▪ housing and
hoses

GAS:

70
 Check the conditions of:

▪ tank and cap ▪ filter housing

▪ water separator ▪ pumps, hoses and

fittings
TOOLS:

Check the availability and conditions of:

▪ Wrench

▪ Jacks

▪ Pliers and screwdrivers

EARLY WARNING DEVICES:

Ensure all EWD’s are always available on the equipment.

SELF:

Check conditions such as:

▪ Certified equipment operator

▪ enough sleep

▪ no medications taken

▪ No alcohol taken

CHECK FUEL IN THE LEVEL TANK

Warning: When adding fuel, Never let the fuel will overflow. This might cause a fire. If you
still fuel, thoroughly clean up any spillage. Never use any fuel mixed with kerosene.

▪ If the fuel gauge indicator is at the F position, the tank is full.

▪ If the fuel is low, stop the engine and fill the tank through the fuel filler port.

▪ When adding fuel, remove all dirt from around the cap and be careful not to let any dirt
get into the tank

CHECK SYSTEM FUNCTION

Safety start and warm up procedures:

▪ check after starting (starting switch on)

This is used to start and stop the engine. When starting the engine, ensure that
the safety lock is “on and or engage” position.

71
 ON: Engine running position

Carry out preheating before starting the engine.

(HEAT: preheating position for glow plug)

OFF: engine stop position

The key can be inserted or removed. The lamps and horn are activated at this
position. The other electrical circuits are turned off.

HEAT: Position for preheating glow plug

After the completion of preheating, release the key and it will return automatically
to the off position.

EQUIPMENT VISUAL CHECK

Console Panel:

▪ Adopted the passenger

car’s design

▪ Self-diagnostic function
(error codes are shown in
liquid crystal panel)

CHECK SYSTEM FUNCTION

Check Panel Board Gauges and Warning Lamps:

▪ The lamp should not light up while the engine is

running.

▪ The coolant temperature gauge should be within in

the green range.

EQUIPMENT VISUAL CHECK

The service meter records the total

number of hours that an engine has
been used.

72
This information is used to schedule preventive maintenance or servicing.

The fuel gauge indicates the fuel level

and is those found in cars and trucks. “F”
means full, while “E” means empty.
Always check the fuel level during your
daily machine inspection.

The engine temperature gauge indicates

the engine temperature and is those found
in cars and trucks. “H” means hot, while “C”
means cold. Never operate a lift truck which
is overheating. Turn it off and notify your
supervisor or maintenance Department.

GENERAL PRECAUTION AND SAFETY PROCEDURES

Compliance with minimum PPE requirements:

▪ Safety helmet

▪ Goggles

▪ Dust mask

▪ Gloves

▪ Appropriate clothing

▪ Safety shoes

73
 CLOTHING AND PERSONAL PROTECTIVE ITEMS

▪ Do not wear loose clothing and accessories.

▪ always wear a hardhat and safety shoes.

▪ always check that all protective equipment functions

properly before using it.

▪ Availability of fire extinguisher and first aid kit.

▪ Keep machine always clean.

Things to remember:

▪ Always apply lock when leaving operator seat. if the work equipment control levers are
touched by mistake, the machine may move suddenly, which may lead to serious
accident.

▪ For mounting and dismounting, never jump on or off the machine, never get on or off a
moving machine and apply 3-point contact when mounting or dismounting to the
machine.

Check for the following before starting the machine:

▪ All dirt from the surface of the window glass to ensure visibility

▪ coolant, fuel, and oil levels

▪ clogging of air cleaner

▪ operator seat

▪ gauges and control levers work properly

▪ safety Luke lever is at lock position

▪ mirrors

▪ person or obstacle above, below or in the area around the machine

Safety Job at Site:

▪ Before starting operations, thoroughly check the area for any unusual conditions
that could be dangerous, in example terrain, water lines, pipes and etc.

74
 ▪ Consider distance to high voltage cables. Do not travel or operate the machine
under/ near electric cables. There is a hazard of electric shock, which may cause
injury or property damage.

Unauthorize Modifications:

▪ Any modifications made without authorization from the manufacturer may create
hazards.

Safety Rules after starting the Engine:

▪ Always fasten your seatbelt.

▪ Check and confirm the movement of the machine matches the display on the
control/ monitor pattern.

▪ Check the operator of the gauges and movement of work equipment/attachment.

▪ Check for abnormality in sound, vibration, heat, smell as well as leakage.

75
 SAFE OPERATIONS
Remove debris, including dirt, weeds, branches, rocks or other materials from around the
machine.

Make sure no one is near the machine when the operator turns it
on. The operator should put his seatbelt and armrest if included
before releasing the parking break.

PROPER USE OF SEATBELT:

▪ A properly worn seatbelt greatly increases your

chances of surviving any vehicular collision.

▪ No doubling up – only one person to a seatbelt

▪ A typical seatbelt assembly consist of lap and shoulder belt.

▪ The shoulder belt should be worn closely against the body ad over the shoulder
and across the chest, never under the arm.

▪ The lap belt should be firm against the body and low across the hips.

IMPORTANT SAFETY POINTS:

▪ Know the weight and configuration of the load to be carried.

▪ Have spotters watch the loading of materials. Turn the equipment slowly when carrying a
load.

▪ After operation, turn the machine off and put the parking brake on position.

▪ Exit the machine carefully and lock the external brake if included in the machine.

▪ A safety conscious spotter is an indispensable asset at a construction site where there is

heavy equipment in use.

▪ Become familiar with the equipment and its operation

▪ Be thoroughly knowledgeable about the worksite’s safety policy.

▪ Make sure that the seatbelts and any other safety devices are in working order prior to
operation.

76
 ▪ Safety equipment includes such items as roll over bars, windshield wipers, parking
brakes and an audible back up signal.

When Exiting the Vehicle:

▪ Park on level ground

▪ Relieve pressure from all hydraulics controls.

▪ Wait for all motions to stop.

▪ Safely dismount the vehicle using 3-point contact rule.

▪ Remove the key from the unattended vehicle.

IMPORTANT SAFETY POINTS:

▪ Stay alert all times

▪ Do not listen to the radio; it is distracting.

▪ Keep a safe distance.

▪ Keep off the equipment unless authorized.

▪ Wear a bright vest or jacket if you are working near moving vehicles or
heavy equipment. Wear reflectorized clothing at night.

▪ Stay clear of dumping or lifting devices.

PROPER SPOTTING OF HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS

▪ Make sure that all personnel in the area are wearing the required PPE, such as the
regulated hard hat and bright colored vest.

▪ Make sure that the only authorized person is riding in the equipment.

▪ Observe that they remain seated or standing only in places designated in the user
manual, and that they are using the safety equipment provided.

LOCK-OUT TAG-OUT PROGRAM

▪ A lock-out tag-out program if any operators perform
maintenance work on equipment that either;

▪ Exposed them to injury if the equipment is accidentally

started.

▪ Exposed them to injury if an unexpected release of

hazardous energy were to occur such hydraulic or
mechanical movement.

77
 USERS/OPERATORS MANUAL

HEAVY EQUIPMENT
STABILITY
Monitor the work area to
make sure the operator has
the adequate visibility and
that the equipment remains
stable.

If the frame is not level, the center of gravity

wanders towards the edge of the triangle.

If the machine is far enough out of level, the

center of gravity drifts beyond the boundaries
of the stability of the triangle and the heavy
equipment begins to tip.

SLOPE STABILITY
The field of slope stability encompasses the
analysis of static and dynamic stability of slopes
of earth and rock fill dams, slopes of other types
of embankments, excavated slopes, and natural
slopes in soil and soft rocks.

TIPPING OVER
Tipping near tip and excavation edges.

78
TIPS AND EXCAVATIONS
▪ Draglines

▪ Long reach hydraulic excavators

PROPER SPOTTING OF HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPEARATIONS

Establish and use a system of hand signals that is familiar to both the spotter and the operator.

FLAGGING
▪ Flaggers should wear high visibility clothing with a fluorescent background and
made of reflective material.

▪ This makes employees visible for at least 1000 feet in any direction. Check the
label or packaging to ensure that the garments are performance class 2 or 3.

▪ Drivers should be warned with signals that there will be flaggers ahead. Flaggers
should use STOP/SLOW paddles, paddles with lights, or flags. (only in
emergencies).

79
LIGHTING
▪ Flagger stations should be illuminated.

▪ Lighting for employees on foot and for equipment operators should be at least 5
foot-candles or greater.

▪ Where available lighting is not sufficient, flares or chemical lighting should be

used.

▪ Glares should be controlled or eliminated.

80
 PROPER SPOTTING OF HEAVY
EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS

▪ Help the equipment operator back up and use

extra vigilance during any back up operations.

▪ Always be on the alert for the situations where

backward motion is hazardous, and situations
where the operator’s vision is obstructed.

Check for hazard postings and remain vigilant in areas where

there is danger of contact with underground gas lines.

Exercise extra vigilance in congested areas or where it is very

noisy.

MOBILE EQUIPMENT
▪ Warning system

▪ Barricades

▪ Hand signals

▪ Mechanical signals

▪ Stop logs

▪ Grade away from excavation

81
UNDERGROUND HAZARD

▪ Locate underground powerlines and other utilities before digging.

▪ Utility companies will assist with the location and marking and should be contacted prior
to digging.

▪ Workers must ensure that the power is removed from the lines and a zero energy states\
has been verified.

UNDERGROUND HAZARDS

▪ Workers must ensure that the system is locked and tagged out.

▪ All workers must have a questioning attitude about safety and especially electrical safety.

▪ Penetration of energized underground conductors by workers can result in shock and

even death.

LOADING AND UNLOADING OPERATIONS

Operator’s Qualification and Certification

82
▪ Vision Test 20/30 in one eye & 20/50 in the other (corrected & uncorrected), normal
depth perception, field of vision & color vision.
▪ Sufficient strength, endurance, agility, coordination & responsiveness to meet the
demands of the equipment operation.
▪ Adequate Hearing
▪ No physical defects or emotional disorders.
▪ No evidence of seizures or loss of physical control.
▪ LTO license & TESDA Certificate.

Equipment Licensing, Testing and Training

83
84
▪ Heavy Equipment are valuable construction vehicles
▪ Compared to standard trucks, cargo that is hauled using these vehicles can be loaded
and unloaded quickly with the help of its crane-like attachment.
▪ As with any truck that comes with a boom, operating it has risks. However, accidents can
be avoided through the implementation of some simple safety guidelines

85
Common accident causes :
▪ Two of the most common accidents involving boom trucks are tipping and boom
breakage. These accidents often occur not because of the lack of safety components on
the vehicle but because of human error. The following are some of the most common
causes of accidents that occur while using this vehicle:

Overloading
▪ One of the biggest accident culprits is overloading
▪ Like any weight-bearing machinery, there is a limitation as to how much weight a boom
can safely carry.
▪ The structural integrity of this vehicle is only able to lift so much weight. Using it beyond
the capacity for which it was designed could cause the truck to either tip over or damage
sections of the boom

Wrong Positioning
▪ The safe and proper positioning of the boom is also something that needs to be known.
▪ The amount of stress on the boom increases as it is moved to a more perpendicular
position to the ground
▪ Swinging it abruptly also has the potential to cause structural damage, as the weight of
the load tends to increase as it gains momentum from the boom’s movement

Steep Terrain
▪ This vehicle is only designed to operate on flat terrain or at a certain degree of slope.
▪ Anything beyond the capabilities as designed by the manufacturer could cause the
vehicle to tip over.
▪ There is only a certain margin in which a boom can safely deviate from the base center of
gravity.
▪ By positioning the vehicle on a steep terrain, that point of safety is lessened and going
beyond it could cause the entire vehicle to tip over

Proper Maintenance
▪ Another cause of tip-over accidents or boom breakage is the lack of maintenance.
▪ Like any other piece of mechanical equipment, this vehicle requires regular maintenance
to keep its parts in good operating condition. For example, the lack of lubrication on
moving parts could cause more rapid break-down of those parts.
▪ The engine that drives the hydraulic system should also have regular tune-ups to ensure
it is able to operate at its peak performance without any breakdowns.

SAFETY TIPS:
The following are some tips that could help prevent common accidents such as tipping
and boom breakage, as well as improve the safety of workers and operators while at the
work site.

TRAINING
▪ Any aspiring operator should first undergo proper training and certification before
handling these vehicles.
▪ Per OSHA regulations, all operators must be trained by a qualified institution before
undergoing a written assessment exam. There is also a practical exam on the specific
equipment the candidate will use.
▪ The assessment is handled by an independent assessor that meets OSHA’s standards.
▪ During training, the candidate will learn the do’s and don’ts of handling these vehicles as
well as the safety guidelines required for this truck.

SITE INSPECTION

86
 ▪ Conducting a site inspection before using the equipment will make a big difference in the
safety of operators and workers
▪ Once on the job site, the first thing to inspect for is the presence of any aerial
obstructions such as trees and power lines that could pose a hazard while operating the
equipment.
▪ The ground should also be checked, as it will serve as the base for the outriggers as it
should be level to support the outriggers.
▪ Heavy Equipment are valuable construction vehicles
▪ Compared to standard trucks, cargo that is hauled using these vehicles can be loaded
and unloaded quickly with the help of its crane-like attachment.
▪ As with any truck that comes with a boom, operating it has risks. However, accidents can
be avoided through the implementation of some simple safety guidelines

Acceptable lift conditions:

▪ Position the boom heavy equipment in a manner that the boom will maintain a minimum
of 10 feet from power lines or 10 feet, plus 4 inches for every increase in 10KV power
intensity.
▪ Position the boom truck in a manner in which to ensure stability. (For example, both
stabilizers can fully extend and lower. The surface is such that the operator can use the
stabilizers with or without additional padding, etc.)
▪ Position the boom truck in a manner to avoid striking any object or person.

Unacceptable lift conditions:

▪ Do not position the heavy equipment in a manner that the boom cannot maintain the
required distance specified by OSHA.
▪ Do not position the heavy equipment in a manner in which the operator cannot ensure
stability.
▪ (For example, both stabilizers cannot fully extend and lower the surface is so soft that the
operator cannot use the stabilizers even with additional padding, etc.)
▪ Do not position the heavy equipment in a manner in which the operator cannot avoid
striking an object or person.
▪ The wind is judged to be blowing hard enough to prevent a safe lift.
▪ Any other situation in which the operator does not believe he or she can run the heavy
equipment safely.

Practicing the skills

▪ Before sending the driver out to make deliveries, have the newly trained driver practice
the skills above for a minimum of eight hours.
▪ The driver should practice his or her skills in an area away from any hazards such as
power lines, people or structures. (Empty parking lots work well.)
▪ Companies with high commitment to safety often develop observation tools that outline
the behaviors necessary to establish proficiency prior to permitting the first delivery.
o (For example, what would you see if the driver does the steps safely?) Always
send new drivers out with experienced drivers until the new driver indicates he or
she is confident and comfortable with the equipment

Maintaining proficiency
▪ Maintaining proficiency is critical to ensuring safe deliveries with heavy equipment
▪ Drivers should complete two hours a week of documented incident free operation of the
boom. (Operation includes all inspections, setup, load manipulation/placement and
returning the boom to a safe position for transport)

Proper Maintenance
▪ One factor that causes many components to fail is the lack of maintenance

87
 ▪ Heavy equipment require regular maintenance at intervals prescribed by the
manufacturer.
▪ A maintenance schedule should be implemented for all of the truck’s components, from
the base frame to the hydraulic system.
▪ Daily inspections and testing should also be done before taking the vehicle on the road to
ensure that is safe to operate.

Skills demonstration:
▪ Inspections
▪ Use of PPE
▪ Layout of jobsite
▪ Maintaining stability
▪ Operation of boom truck controls
▪ Load management

Heavy equipment are highly versatile vehicles, however, as with any other type of heavy
equipment, operating one requires a high degree of skill that can only be obtained through
proper training and experience. It is possible to be accident-free with a heavy equipment!

CRANE AND RIGGING SAFETY

COURSE TOPICS:
▪ Introduction
▪ Crane Terminology
▪ Crane Types
▪ Crane Testing and Examination
▪ Responsibilities
▪ Crane Inspection
▪ Mobile Crane Operation Requirements
▪ Rigging Plan
▪ Previous Successful Rigging Operations
▪ Previous Crane and Rigging Incidents [Without Rigging Plan & JHA]

Objectives:
To equip participants with the knowledge on basic crane operation and rigging
associated with the operation of cranes.

Purpose:
To provide instruction on the safe rigging and operation of cranes and hoisting
units.

Introduction:
Cranes are usually utilized to transfer certain objects, such as raw materials, products, etc., from
one place to another.

▪ The majority of crane related accidents involved mobile cranes and many "non-crane"
workers have also suffered serious injuries. These non-crane operators include
occupations such as mechanics, oil workers, ironworkers, rigger, and stevedores.
Statistics point to crane instability, lack of communication and lack of training as the three
most common reasons for crane related accident injuries and deaths.

88
Lists of common failure modes of cranes:
▪ 1. Overloading
▪ 2. Side Pull
▪ 3. Outrigger Failure
▪ 4. Hoist Limitations
▪ 5. Two-blocking
▪ 6. Killer Hooks [Without A Throat Latch]
▪ 7. Boom Buckling, Upset/Overturn And Unintentional Turntable Turning
▪ 8. Oversteer/Crabbing
▪ 9. Control Confusion
▪ 10. Access/Egress
▪ 11. Power-line Contact

▪ There are engineering controls for prevention of crane accidents.

o -Anti two-blocking devices
o -outrigger extension sensing systems
o -overload sensors
o -and limit switches can eliminate or reduce certain failure modes.

• Warning devices and limit switches increase safety by providing more information to
the operator and reducing the need for guesswork. However, it is unlikely that
engineering controls will make crane operation a simple matter.

Boom stops are telescoping, shock absorbing, or

hydraulic type safety devices designed and installed in a
manner to stop or shut off power to the boom controls.
The purpose of the boom stops is to prevent the boom
from being raised to a point where the center of gravity is
shifted to the rear of the crane causing the boom to fall
backwards over the crane.

Jib Angle Indicators are required to indicate the angle of

the boom tip from the base section on a horizontal plane.
They are either mechanical (Activated by gravity) or
electronic, with a display readout in the cab. Accurate
readout of boom angle determines load capacity o=and
working radius.

89
Crane Types:
▪ Mobile Crane
▪ Tower Crane
▪ Barge Crane
▪ Overhead Traveling Crane
▪ Etc.

Crane Testing Examination

90
Cranes need to be tested and inspected by a competent person, usually an independent or 3 rd
party inspector, accredited by DOLE.
▪ Testing proves the ability of a crane to withstand its design load by applying a load
greater than the safe working load (125% of its maximum capacity).
▪ Examinations is a thorough check of the crane to ensure there is no deterioration that is
likely to affect its stability to withstand its design load.
▪
Operator’s Qualification & Certification
▪ Vision Test 20/30 in one eye & 20/50 in the other (corrected & uncorrected), normal
depth perception, field of vision & color vision.
▪ Sufficient strength, endurance, agility, coordination & responsiveness to meet the
demands of the equipment operation.
▪ Adequate Hearing
▪ No physical defects or emotional disorders.
▪ No evidence of seizures or loss of physical control.
▪ LTO license RC#8 & TESDA Certificate.

Responsibilities of Lifting Operations Supervisor:

▪ The supervisor has overall responsibility for the lift and must therefore plan all
phases of the operation.
▪ Determine the correct radius load weight and inform the operator.
▪ Ensure the rigging crews are experienced and capable of establishing the weights,
judging distances, heights, clearance, selecting the correct lifting equipment and
rigging the load correctly for lifting.
▪ Ensure the safety of all personnel effected by the crane operation in the area.
▪ Keep the public and non-essential personnel away from area of operation.
▪ Ensure that all personnel involved with the lift understand what is happening and the
all personnel have received a briefing based on the Job Safety Analysis

Responsibilities of Rigger:
▪ Checking the condition of the lifting gear and attachment points.
▪ Attaching and removing the load from the crane in a safe manner
▪ Instructing the crane operator to lift and lower the load
▪ Crane Operator
▪ Checking the condition of the crane and ground at the point that the crane is working.
▪ Operating the crane in accordance with the instructions of the rigger

91
Rigger’s Responsibilities - Calculation of Capacity

Operator’s Responsibilities:
▪ Manufacturer's operating manuals are supplied with the machine and contain
important information concerning correct use and operation of the crane.
▪ They contain information such as;
o The operating instructions
o Load capacity charts
o Test and maintenance requirements

Operator’s Responsibilities - Load Chart:

▪ Manufactures load charts are based on design capacity and safety factors.
▪ The rating charts on most cranes have a bold line or shaded area dividing the charts
into two segments. This shows the operator which capacities are limited by structural
strength and which are based on stability of the Machine.
▪ Ratings above the line are based on structural strength and the ratings below the line
are based on stability of the machine. If a crane is overloaded in one case a
structural or mechanical component of the crane will fail and in the other case the
crane will tip over.
▪ Load charts contain a large amount of information which must be thoroughly
understood by the operator.
▪ With a known load the operator can determine the correct radius and boom length to
enable the load to be lifted safely to the desired position.
▪ When working at boom lengths or radii between the figures shown on the load
capacity chart, the next lower capacity rating should be used.

Crane Inspection:
▪ Third Party Inspection
o Accredited Agency by DOLE

92
 o Yearly or After Modification, Alteration, Repairs, Transfer or Re-install…

▪ Internal Inspection
o Before using on site
o Monthly
o Quarterly [Color Coding System]

Overhead Crane Inspection Checklist

Inspection Item Description of Inspection Check Points

Tagged Crane or Hoist Check that crane or hoist is not tagged with an out-of-order sign.

Control Devices Test run that all motions agree with control device markings.

Brakes Check that all motions do not have excessive drift and that
stopping distances are normal

Hook Check for damage, cracks, nicks, gouges, deformations of the

throat opening, wear on saddle or load bearing point, and twist.
Refer to the manual furnished by the original manufacturer of the
crane.
Hook Latch Check for proper operation.
Wire Rope Check for broken wires, broken strands, kinks, and any
deformation or damage to the rope structure.

Reeving Check that the wire rope is properly reeved and that rope parts are
not twisted about each other.

Limit Switches Check that the upper limit device stops lifting motion of the hoist
load block before striking any part of the hoist or crane.

Oil Leakage Check for any sign of oil leakage on the crane and on the floor
area beneath the crane.

Unusual Sounds Check for any unusual sounds from the crane or hoist mechanism
while operating the crane or hoist

Warning and Safety Check that warning and other safety labels are not missing and
Labels that they are legible.
Housekeeping and Check area for accumulation of material, trip or slip hazards, and
Lighting poor lighting

Mobile Crane Inspection Checklist:

▪ Check to see if there are kinks or broken strands in the hoist or luffing wire(rope
failure excessive wear)
▪ Anti Two block stops hook from pulling load into head sheave. (driver collapse)
▪ Hydraulic fluid leaks in the outrigger and luffing rams.(rams may creep)
▪ Is the leveling device working.(bubble float)
▪ Is there a free fall gate lock.(prevents driver from accidentally free falling load)
▪ Crane has a radius Chart

93
▪ Do outriggers extend fully.(Crane stability)
▪ Safety latch on hook is working.(stop slings from coming out of hook)
▪ Reversing beeper and flashing light.(preventative for contact)
▪ Interior cabin light working. (Driver can see gauges during night work)
▪ Radius Chart.(reference for load rates at particular radius)
▪ Manufacturers operators instruction manual.(gives operator comprehensive
knowledge of the machine)

94
Leaking Hydraulic Rams:
▪ If leaks are coming from the outriggers it may cause the rams to creep
(down) putting the crane out of level, this will then affect the cranes stability
and its lifting radius capacity
▪ Most modern cranes today have sensor systems allowing the operator to
know of any changes to his radius and level

Mobile Crane Operation Requirements:

▪ Check if there have been any trenches dug in the area of the cranes final outrigger
position.
▪ Always check for overhead electrical wires in the immediate area.
▪ Make sure the slew radius of the counterweight cannot trap personnel.
▪ Keep all parts of the crane free of oil or any other material which may cause a slip or
trip.
▪ Ensure good communication system between rigger and operator is established
▪ Loads shall not be allowed to exceed rated load capacity and working radius.
▪ Do not use counterweights heavier than the manufacturer's recommended weight.
▪ Crane capacity can be adversely effected when the machine set is not level.
▪ Even a light wind can blow the load out of control, collapse booms, or tip machines.
Winds aloft can be much stronger than at ground
▪ Do not lift loads when winds create an unsafe or hazardous condition. Booms should
be lowered, if possible, under high wind conditions.
▪ No person should be allowed on a crane with the operator when the crane is in
operation.
▪ Cease work immediately if there is an abnormal response to its lifting or stability.
▪ Always stop if there is any uncertainty

Crane Operation:
▪ When lifting a substantial load a cranes wire rope should never be vertical to the top
sheaves and center of the load, the rigger should always allow for jib deflection.
▪ This means he will have the boom slightly under jibbed so when the crane jib starts
to take the weight the jib will deflect bringing the wire rope directly over the top of the
load
▪ This will prevent the load from swinging away from the crane as it is lifted and
possibly putting it out of radius.
▪ If a cranes single wire rope has a rated capacity for 4000Kg then 2 falls will halve its
purchase load allowing the crane to lift 8000Kg, if there are 4 falls added this will
allow 16000Kg to be lifted.
▪ It must be remembered that the lifting radius will decrease with the weight.

95
Crane De-rating
For multi crane hoisting operations using two or more cranes the following minimum capacity
requirements for each crane shall apply:
▪ For two cranes …………………..20 percent greater than the calculated share of the
load.
▪ For three cranes ………………..33 percent greater than the calculated share of the
load.
▪ For four or more cranes ……..50 percent greater than the calculated share of the
load.

Synchronization:
▪ The crane motion should be synchronized; therefore cranes of equal capacity and
similar characteristics should be used whenever possible.
▪ In practice there will always be some variation due to the difference in response to
the activation of the motion controller and the setting and efficiency of the braking
system.
▪ The safe working load of a crane is calculated on the assumption that the load will be
raised and lowered in a vertical plane.
▪ The crane structure has been designed to withstand any lateral load imposed by
acceleration in the various motions, but it is unsafe to rely on this lateral strength to
withstand non vertical loads

96
Rigging Plan - [Permit System]

Before making a critical lift, a critical lift plan, prepared by a qualified person such as
the crane operator, supervisor, or rigger, should be considered. The lift plan should be
documented in writing and made available to all personnel involved in the lift. The critical lift
plan is often inlcudes the following information:
▪ Description of the lift ▪ Size and weight of the load
▪ Crane position and configuration ▪ Percent of cranes rated capacity
▪ Lift height ▪ Personnel involved
▪ Load radius ▪ Rigging plan
▪ Boom length and angle ▪ Communication method

97
 ▪ Ground conditions ▪ Inspection procedures
▪ Environmental conditions ▪ Procedure for hoisting personnel

PRELIFT REVIEW
A prelift meeting involving the participating personnel should be conducted prior to
making critical lift. The critical lift plan should be reviewed to ensure the project team is prepared
to safely conduct the lift. Whenever feasible, a practice lift with similar crane configurations and
load conditions should be conducted. Practice lifts should always be performed by the same
crew, using same lifting equipment, as those used for critical lift.

98
99
100
101
102
103
 CONSTRUCTION FALL PROTECTION

▪ Falls are the single biggest cause of occupational death and serious injury in the
construction industry.
▪ Consider the fact that, a body in a free fall can…
In just …. Can fall …
0.5 second 4 feet
1.0 second 16 feet
1.5 seconds 36 feet
2.0 seconds 64 feet

When is fall protection required?

▪ When working 6 feet or higher from a lower-level surface
▪ Unprotected sides and edges
▪ Leading edges (edges constantly changing due to const’n)
▪ Hoist areas
▪ Holes / floor openings
▪ Formwork, erection, scaffolding
▪ Ramps, runways, walkways
▪ Excavations
▪ Above dangerous equipment
▪ Roofing operations
▪ Wall openings
▪ Other walking / working surfaces

2 Major Types of Fall Protection:

1. Passive fall protection
▪ Guard rails
▪ Fences and barricades
▪ Covers
▪ Safety nets
2. Active fall protection (requires action)
▪ Fall arrest
▪ Positioning
▪ Suspension
▪ Retrieval

Passive Fall Protection:

a. Guard rails
▪ Top rail, midrail and toe boards
▪ Top rail @ 45 inches above walking / working surface
▪ Capable to withstand 200 lbs. force
▪ Toe board can withstand 50 lbs. force
b. Fences and barricades
▪ Rigid
▪ Visible
c. Covers
▪ Where there is 2” gap or hole
▪ Able to support 2x maximum load expected
▪ Firmly secured and marked

104
 d. Safety nets
▪ When no other means of fall protection is available
▪ Design to catch employees and falling debris
▪ 6” – maximum opening

Active Fall Protection:

a. Fall Arrest System (components):
▪ Full body harness
▪ Lanyard (shock absorbing, twin lanyard)
▪ Lifeline (1/2 ” dia. wire rope, above shoulder)
▪ Snaphooks (double locking)
▪ Anchorage point (can support up to 5,000 lbs)
b. 100 % Tie-Off
▪ Use of double lanyard (1 on, 1 off)
▪ Tied off ALL the time

105
 CONSTRUCTION FALL PROT
❑ RETRIEVER

➢ 1. Persona
Full Bod
➢ 2. Connect
FALL
ARREST Retracta
SYSTEM Unit
➢ 3. Attachm
Tripod E

S
▪ Personal
40 HourProtective gear Training
Safety Leadership
▪
▪ CONSTRUCTION FALL PROTEC
Full body harness
Connecting Device Shock-
Absorbing Lanyard
▪ Attachment Point: Eye Bolt/Beam
❑ SUSPENSION
➢ 1. Personal P
SUSPENSION Bos’n Cha
▪ Personal Protective Gear Bos’n Chair ➢ 2. Connectin
▪ Connecting Device: Workline
▪ Attachment Point: Anchor Workline
Bolt/Carabiner
➢ 3. Attachmen
▪ Personal Protective Gear: Full Body
Harness Anchor Bo
▪ Connecting Device: Retractable
Lifeline/Rescue Unit Safety & Loss Prevention
▪CONSTRUCTION
Attachment Point:
FALL Tripod EyeboltCont’d.
PROTECTION,
❑ BODY BELT

40 Hour Safety Leadership Training

Prohibited / No Longer Allowed !

18
40 Hour Safety Leadership Training

106
 Safety & Loss Prevention

CONSTRUCTION FALL PROTECTION, Cont’d.

❑ FULL BODY HARNESS

Waist Harness
Measurement Size
32-36 S
36-44 M
42-48 L
44-52 XL
19
40 Hour
Free Safety
-Fall Leadership(FFD)
Distance Training-

The distance between the location of an employee’s support before a fall and the
place where the employee finally comes to a complete fall.
Safety & Loss Prevention
6 feet maximum FFD
CONSTRUCTION FALL
Anticipate 3.5 feet stretch PROTECTION,
or elongation Cont’d.
of deceleration device (added to the
6 ft length of lanyard).
❑Shock Absorbing Lanyard
Peak Arresting Forces
5 ,0 0 0
3 ,9 7 0

4 ,0 0 0
2 ,7 8 0
3 ,0 0 0 2 ,3 9 5

2 ,0 0 0
830
1 ,0 0 0

S te e l L a n y a r d - 3 9 7 0 lb s fo r c e W e b b in g L a n y a r d - 2 7 8 0 lb s fo r c e
N y lo n R o p e L a n y a r d - 2 3 9 5 lb s fc e S h o c k - A b s o r b in g L a n y a r d - 8 3 0 lb s

OTHER FALL PROTECTION METHOD 21

40 Hour Safety Leadership Training ▪ Water line systems
▪ Controlled Access Zones (CAZ)
▪ Safety Monitoring

107
WARNING LINE SYSTEM
▪ Erect around all sides of roof area, dangerous equipment where other fall protection
methods are impractical
▪ 6 feet from roof edge
▪ Flagging every 6 feet
▪ 34 to 39 inches in height
▪ Withstand a 16 lbs tipping force
▪ Controlled Access Zones (CAZs)
o Only authorized employees are allowed
o Indicated by control line (rope, wire)

Inspection- Harness, Belt and lanyard Protection

▪ Tears
▪ Fraying
▪ Signs of wear
▪ Deformed eyelets or D- rings
▪ Proper labels
▪ Dirt
▪ Degradation caused by (UV) light
▪ Anything out of ordinary

RESCUE AND RETRIEVAL PROCEDURES

▪ Good planning and preparation
▪ Rescue equipment available

108
 ▪ If a victim to be rescued wears FBH, he must keep himself moving as much as he can
while suspended, to avoid restricting circulation of blood. He may grab or hold onto
nearby structure to release him from the force exerted by the straps of FBH.
FALL PROTECTION SAFETY RULES
▪ Destroy any fall protection equipment which has received a shock load or after
involvement in a fall accident.
▪ Never use FBH for other personal fall protection.
▪ To protect from accidental disconnection (roll out) only use lanyards with double locking
snap hooks.
▪ Do not interconnect snap hooks for doubling the length of the lanyard.
▪ Connect the lanyard to a solid anchor point and do not expose expose yourself to a fall
on the lanyard greater than 6 feet.
▪ Inspect your fall protection equipment prior to each use (daily as minimum)
▪ 100% tie off means using two lanyards one lanyard at a time. (1 on, 1 off).

TEMPORARY STRUCTURES

General contents:
▪ Formworks and false-works
▪ Scaffolds
▪ Barricades

Formworks and false-works:

General
1. The planning and design of formwork and falsework shall be in accordance with the
pertinent provisions of ANSI A 10.9, Safety Requirements for Concrete Construction
and Masonry Work.
2. All formwork, falsework, structural shoring, and bracing shall be designed, erected,
braced, and maintained so that it will safely support all vertical and lateral loads that
might be applied until such loads can be supported by the structure.
3. Supporting ground or completed construction shall be of adequate strength to carry
the vertical and lateral loads to be imposed.
4. Splices shall be designed and constructed to prevent buckling and bending.
5. Diagonal bracing shall be provided in vertical and horizontal planes where required to
provide stiffness and to prevent buckling of individual members.
6. The design of formwork and falsework shall be submitted for review to the
Contracting Officer’s representative.
7. Drawing or plans showing the jack layout, formwork, shoring, working decks, and
scaffolding, shall be available at the jobsite.
8. Stripped forms and shoring shall be removed and stockpiled promptly after stripping.
Protruding nails, wire ties, and other form accessories necessary to subsequent work
shall be pulled, cut, or other means taken to eliminate the hazard.

Vertical Shoring:
1. When temporary storage of reinforcing rods, material, or equipment on top of
formwork becomes necessary, these areas shall be strengthened to meet the
intended loads.
2. The sills for shoring shall be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum
intended load.

109
 3. All shoring equipment shall be inspected prior to erection to determine that it is as
specified in the shoring layout. Any equipment found to be damaged shall not be
used for shoring.
4. Erected shoring equipment shall be inspected immediately prior to, during, and
immediately after the placement of concrete. Any shoring equipment that is found to
be damaged, displaced, or weakened shall be immediately reinforced or re-shored.
5. Re-shoring shall be provided when necessary to safely support slabs and beams
after stripping or where such members are subjected to superimposed loads due to
construction work done.

Tubular Welded Frame Shoring:

1. Metal tubular frames used for shoring shall not be loaded beyond the safe working
load recommended by the manufacturer.
2. All locking devices on frames and braces shall be in good working order, coupling
pins shall align the frame or panel legs, pivoted cross braces shall have their center
pivot in place, and all components shall be in a condition similar to that of original
manufacture.
3. When checking the erected shoring frames with the shoring layout, the spacing
between towers and cross brace spacing shall not exceed that shown on the layout
and all locking devices shall be in the closed position.
4. Devices for attaching the external lateral stability bracing shall be securely fastened
to the legs of the shoring frames.
5. All base plates, shore heads extension devices, or adjustment screws shall be in firm
contact with the footing sill and the form.

Vertical Slip Forms:

1. The steel rods or pipe on which the jacks climb or by which the forms are lifted shall
be specifically designed for the purpose. Such rods shall be adequately braced
where not encased in concrete.
2. Jacks and vertical supports shall be positioned in such a manner that the vertical
loads are distributed equally and do not exceed the capacity of the jacks.
3. The jacks or other lifting devices shall be provided with mechanical dogs or other
automatic holding devices to provide protection in case of failure of the power supply
or the lifting mechanism.
4. Lifting shall proceed steadily and uniformly and shall not exceed the predetermined
safe rate of lift.
5. Lateral and diagonal bracing of the forms shall be provided to prevent excessive
distortion of the structure during the jacking operation.
6. During jacking operations, the form structure shall be maintained in line and plumb.

Tube and Coupler Shoring:

1. Couplers (clamps) shall not be used if they are deformed, broken or have defective
or missing threads on bolts, or other defects.
2. The material used for the couplers (clamps) shall be of a structural type such as
drop-forged steel, malleable iron, or structural grade aluminum. Gray cast iron shall
not be used.
3. When checking the erected shoring towers with the shoring layout, the spacing
between posts shall not exceed that shown on the layout and all interlocking of
tubular members and tightness of couplings shall be checked.
4. All base plates, shore heads, extension devices, or adjustment screws shall be in
firm contact with the footing sill and the form material and shall be snug against the
posts.

110
Single Post Shores:
1. All base plates or shore heads of single post shores shall be in firm contact with the
footing sill and the form materials.
2. Wherever single post shores are used in more than one tier, the layout shall be
designed and inspected by a structural engineer.
3. When formwork is at an angle, sloping , or when the surface shored is sloping, the
shoring shall be designed fro such loading.
4. Adjustment of single post shores to raise formwork shall not be made after concrete
is in place.
5. Fabricated single post shores and adjusting devices shall not be used if heavily
rusted, bent, dented, rewelded, or having broken weldments or other defects. If they
contain timber, they shall not be used if timber is split, cut, has sections removed, is
rotted, or otherwise structurally damaged.
6. All timber and adjusting devices to be used for adjustable timber single post shores
shall be inspected before erection.
7. All nails used to secure bracing or adjustable timber single post shores shall be
driven home and the point of the nail bent over if possible.

SCAFFOLDING SAFETY
(D.O. 128-13)

▪ Scaffolding is one of the highest risk occupations in this country.

▪ Accident tolls linked with scaffolds are ranges from serious injury to fatality.
▪ Consequently, it is imperative that various workers, i.e.. Scaffolders, Scaffold Users,
Foremen, Site Supervisors, Project Managers, etc. be trained for safety & practical
scaffolding. This will definitely reduce or prevent the occurrence of potential hazards from
scaffold.

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
This training will further enhance the knowledge and skills of the participants on Scaffolds Safety
including erection/installation and inspection of Scaffolds, working safely at heights including
rescue and basic standard safety procedures on handling ladders and eventual certification from
TESDA NC II as Scaffold Erector and competent person in compliance to Department Order No.
128-13 of the Department of Labor and Employment.

▪ To learn the basic safety requirements of scaffolding

▪ To provide and maintain a safe working place for the users of scaffolding.
▪ To achieve zero LTI/LTA.

Worker Must Be Trained On:

▪ Recognizing hazards of the type of scaffold they’ll be using.
▪ Understanding the procedures to control or minimize hazards.
▪ Hazards including: electrical, falling off the scaffold, and falling objects.
▪ How to erect, maintain and disassemble the fall protection and falling object protection
systems.
▪ Using the scaffold and handling materials on the scaffold.
▪ Maximum intended load and capacity.
▪ Other information as needed.

Worker Must Be Retrained When:

▪ You believe an employee lacks the skill or understanding to safely erect, use or dismantle
a scaffold,
▪ If an employee's work is inadequate,

111
 ▪ If there is a change in any of the following that presents new hazards:
▪ Worksite
▪ Type of scaffold
▪ Fall protection
▪ Falling object protection
▪ Other equipment

What is a “Competent Person”?

A competent person is able to:
▪ Identify existing and predictable hazards,
▪ Identify working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous and:
▪ Has authority to eliminate hazards.
A competent person must:
▪ Have knowledge of what the scaffolding standard requires for workplace safety
training and experience in erecting and inspecting scaffolds,
▪ Know about the kinds of hazards that can exist around scaffolds,
▪ Be designated by management as the competent person,
▪ Have authority to take action to stop unsafe activities and eliminate hazards
identified.

Scaffold is a temporary structure usually made of metal frames and tubing, which provides
temporary support and access for workers and materials used in construction, demolition, repair
and maintenance work. Scaffolding, when not constructed and used properly, can result in
serious injury, and sometimes death.

Employees working on scaffolds are exposed to these hazards:

▪ Falls from elevation – caused by slipping, unsafe access, and the lack of fall protection
▪ Struck by falling tools / debris
▪ Electrocution – from overhead power lines
▪ Scaffold collapse - caused by instability or overloading
▪ Bad planking - giving way

112
Terminologies:

SOLE PLATE- a timber or other member of adequate size and suitable quality used to distribute
the load from the base plate over an area of ground, floor joist, etc.

ADJUSTABLE BASE PLATE- a base plate used for compensating variations in ground level.
Sometimes the base plate is nailed or pinned to a sole board to stop lateral movement.

LEDGERS- are horizontal tubes that connect and support the standards and act as support for
transom.

LEDGER BRACING- tubes secured diagonally between lifts from ledger to ledger or standard to
standard to ensure stability.

SCAFFOLD- scaffold is an elevated working platform for supporting both personnel and
materials. It is a temporary structure…

TRANSOM- a tube spanning across ledgers to tie a scaffold transversely, which may also support
a working platform.

STANDARD- a tube used as a column or vertical in the construction of a scaffold, & transmitting a
load to the ground via a Base Plate.

BRACE- a tube diagonally across two or more members to afford stability.

TOE BOARD- a plank positioned at the edge of a platform or place so as to prevent workers,
tools and materials falling from the platform or place.

MIDRAIL- a tube secured to standards midway between guardrail and platform

GUARDRAIL- a tube erected at the edge of platform and other places to prevent persons falling
from the platform or place.

SWAY BRACE- a tube secured diagonally across the face of a scaffold to ensure stability.

DECKING- close-boarded scaffold platform.

COUPLER- a fitting used to connect scaffolding tubes together.

TIE- a tube used to connect a scaffold to a rigid anchorage.

JOINT PIN- also known as a spigot. Used for connecting two tubes end to end.

DECKING-close-boarded scaffold platform.

TYPES OF SCAFFOLDING:
▪ Tube & Coupler Scaffold
▪ System Scaffolds
▪ Tubular Welded Frame Scaffold
▪ Others
o Rolling/Mobile Scaffold
o Trestle Scaffold
o Bamboo Scaffold
o Timber Scaffold
o Suspended Scaffold

113
 - Slung Scaffold
- Suspended Scaffold

BASIC SCAFFOLD REQUIREMENTS:

1. Materials
2. Foundations
3. Ties
4. Working Platform
5. Guardrails / Toe boards
6. Access
7. Workmanship

1. MATERIALS
▪ Materials to be used in erecting scaffolding should be in good condition.
▪ Steel items should be free from rust.
▪ Mandatory inspection by experienced and competent person to all materials before
use.

2. SCAFFOLD TUBES
▪ Tubes should be manufactured & tested.
3 main types:
▪ Black Steel Tubes
▪ Galvanized Steel Tubes
▪ Aluminum Alloy Tubes
▪ Both black steel and Galvanized steel tubes possess the same
properties except galvanized tubes are more resistant to corrosion.
▪ Aluminum tube has the same outside diameter as steel but is slightly
thicker and much lighter

SCAFFOLD TUBES INSPECTION

▪ Straight
▪ Free from cracks splits, had dents & excessive corrosion
▪ Cut square & clean at each end
▪ Common faults

SCAFFOLD TUBE STORAGE

▪ Wherever possible tubes should be sorted according to length & stored in racks with their
ends flush.

SCAFFOLD BOARDS:
▪ Cat Walk
▪ Timber Boards
▪ Timber boards come in 3 thickness, 38mm, 50mm & 63mm & are normally 225mm wide
& 3.90m long.
▪ Shorter boards are used when necessary.

STORAGE
SCAFFOLD FITTINGS:
▪ Should be sorted by type and kept clean and dry in strong sacks, lightly oiled to prevent
rust.
▪ Experienced and competent person before use should inspect scaffolds fitting.

▪ Any broken or damage fittings should be discarded.

▪ Rusty threads (if not defective) should be wires brushed and lightly oiled.

114
MANAGEMENT OF MATERIALS:
▪ Should be delivered to site when required only!

▪ Should be removed and stored when the job is finished!

▪ Ensure correct amounts and types of materials arrive on site.

FOUNDATIONS:
▪ The foot of any standards or upright should be adequately founded on a suitable base
plate in order to prevent slipping or sinking.
▪ Soil compaction.

Sole plates:
▪ Firm Ground- 500mm long x 225mmx35mm
▪ Soft Ground – 765mm long x 225mmz35mm
▪ Under 2 Stds.-1.55m long x 225mmx35mm

TIES:
▪ It is essential that every scaffold should be securely tied to the building structure
throughout its entire length to prevent movement of the scaffold.

RULES OF THUMB:
1. Space ties every other lift and every 6M along the face of the scaffold.
2. Ties should be fixed with load bearing couplers, as close to the node point as possible.
3. Avoid the use of reveal ties where possible.
4. Take full advantage of any structural features of the buildings e.g. pillars, columns, lintels,
rebates, etc. to provide additional strength and stability to the tie.
5. Make sure that the building is strong enough to support the tie and the load imposed on it
by the scaffold.
6. Do not remove tie for any reason until the overall stability of the scaffold has been
confirmed.

SCAFF TAG PROCEDURES:

▪ Scafftag is an internationally used scaffold safety system and through its simplicity,
encourage and controls the safety scaffolding and of those who erect or dismantle and
use it.
▪ The “Scafftag Safety System” shall be used as a visual warning system to display the
status (i.e. safe vs. unsafe ) of scaffolding.

Tagging Red & Green

Red Scafftag: Indicates that the scaffold has not been inspected or is not safe for use by
anyone other than Scaffolder (for scaffold completion/rectification work only)

Green Scafftag: Indicates that the scaffold is complete and is safe for use at the time of
inspection. A green scafftag is valid for a maximum of two weeks.

The scafftag comes in two main parts with three different functions.
RED – Do not use.
Yellow – Under inspection.
Green – Safe to use.

115
 ▪ As soon as the erection of a scaffold is completed and before it is put in use, an
inspection shall be carried out by the Safety Engineer / Inspector with particular attention
to:
o Condition of the components used
o Place where it is erected
▪ Signs indicating its presence and danger that it may occur
▪ Solidity of the base
▪ Loading and maximum number of person permitted to use
▪ Should the scaffolding has passed for use. A green Scafftag will be affixed restricted to
the purpose for it was erected.
▪ Should the scaffold present any danger, then a red tag shall be attached to all its access
points. Only trained personnel (Scaffolder) will be allowed to climb the scaffold for repair /
certification work.
▪ Re-inspection!
▪ After repair.
▪ After severe weather.

BARRICADES
▪ Any open edges from which a person is liable to fall a vertical distance of more than 2 m
shall be protected by suitable fencing barriers of a height of between 900 mm and 1150
mm.

Hazards in the Use of Scaffolding

▪ Fall of person from height
▪ Fall of materials and objects from height
▪ Collapse of scaffold
▪ Overloading of the scaffold
▪ Safe access not provided
▪ Electrocution

Selection of a Scaffolding System

Basic consideration
1. Weight of workers, tools, materials and equipment
2. Site conditions
3. Height of scaffold
4. Type of work that will be done
5. Duration of work, Weather conditions

116
 6. Requirements for pedestrian traffic
7. Means of access to the scaffold
8. Configuration of the building or structure being worked on
9. Special erection or dismantling circumstances

Classification of Scaffolds
▪ Supported Scaffolds are platforms supported by legs, outrigger, beams, brackets,
poles, uprights, posts, frames, or similar rigid support.
o Suspended Scaffolds contains one or more platforms suspended by ropes or other
non-rigid means from an overhead structure.

Design Requirements
▪ Poles, legs, posts, frames, and uprights must be plumb and braced to prevent
swaying and displacement.
▪ Mobile or Rolling Scaffolds.
Scaffolds, which need to be moved frequently are often equipped with castors or
wheels.
▪ Capacity: Support own weight and 4X the maximum intended load
▪ Suspension Rope & hardware 6X the maximum intended load
▪ Designedby a structural engineer
o Metal scaffolds with heights >20 m
o Timber & Bamboo scaffolds with heights > 10 m but limited to 20m high only
Platform
▪ Fully planked and decked
▪ No more than 1” gap
▪ Platforms Length <3m (10 ft.) Extension < 30cm or (12 in.)
Platforms Length >3m (10 ft.) Extension < 45cm or (18 in.)
▪ Platform overlap at supports only
Overlap Length > 30 cm (12 in.)
▪ Deflection < 1/60 of span, L
Platform Span
▪ Maximum Intended Nominal Load (psi)
▪ Maximum Permissible Span Using Full Thickness Undressed Lumber (Ft)
Criteria for Supported Scaffolds
▪ Higher than 4:1 ratio, should be restrained from tipping by ties and braces.
o 4:1 height from bottom and top most
o Vertically:
▪ every 20 feet for scaffolds 3 feet wide
▪ every 26 feet for scaffolds more than 3 feet wide
o Horizontally every 30 feet from one end
Firm Support
▪ Jack Base Requirement Not More than 2/3 of height
▪ Jack Base Fixed to Mudsills

OUTRIGGER SCAFFOLDS
▪ Inboard end shall be at least 1 ½ times the outboard end in length
▪ Fulcrum point at least 15 cm (6 in.)
Suspended Scaffolds:
▪ Support Device rests on surfaces capable of supporting at least four times the load imposed
▪ Counterweights
▪ Must be able to resist at least four times the tipping moment
▪ Secured mechanically to outrigger arm
▪ Made of non-flowable materials
▪ Tiebacks must be installed
▪ Guardrails or personal fall arrest system or both

117
Suspension Ropes:
▪ Support at least 6 times maximum load
▪ Drum hoists must contain at least 4 wraps of rope at the lowest point
▪ Wire rope must be replaced under the following conditions:
▪ 6 randomly broken wires in one rope lay or three broken wires in one strand in one lay
▪ One third of the original diameter of the outside wires is lost
▪ Heat damage
▪ Physical damage such as kinks, flattening

Safety Considerations
▪ Fittings and Accessories
o To install all the parts, fittings and accessories
▪ Base Plates and Screw Jacks
Rule of thumb is to use the 2:1 ratio, the outside (visible) length of exposed screw to inside
screw length.
▪ Erection and Dismantling
o By trained personnel only
▪ Dismantling
o Proceed in reverse order to its erection
o Workers should wear a safety harness and lanyard tied off to a secured anchor
before attempting to loosen stuck or jammed parts.
o Do not hammer or pry apart the scaffold components.
▪ Training Areas
o Nature of Electrical, Fall & Falling Object Hazards
o Correct Procedure for protection
o Proper use of scaffolds
o Load capacities of scaffolds
o Inspection

Clearance from Power Lines

Insulated Lines (Voltage) Minimum Distance
Less than 300 volts 3 feet (0.9 m)
300 volts to 50 kv 10 feet (3 m)
more than 50 kv 10 feet (3 m) plus 0.4 inches for each

RULE 1410: OSHS

▪ Scaffoldings
o Good construction, sound materials and strength.
o Timber – not painted
o Timber/bamboo – max. 20m height, over 10 meters shall be designed by structural
engineer and approved by appropriate authority.
▪ Bamboo Scaffolds – used for painting and light construction works.
o To carry four times the imposed load
o Only one worker per span
o Maximum span = 8 feet

RULE 1410: OSHS

o Maintenance - Properly maintained
o Supervision and Inspection
o Scaffolds shall be erected, altered or dismantled only under the supervision of
competent person.
o Inspection before use
o Lumber with 2 nail-holes along its width and 4 nail-holes along its length shall be
discarded.

118
COMPETENT PERSON
An individual capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards or working conditions that
are hazardous or dangerous to employees, and has authorization to take prompt corrective
measures to eliminate or control these hazards.

RULE 1410: OSHS

▪ Platforms, Runways and Ramps with a fall of more than 2m shall be;
o Provided with guardrails
o Free from obstructions, rubbish, projecting nails
o Securely fastened and braced
o At least 2” thick planks
▪ Slope of runway or ramp shall not exceed 2:3
LADDERS
▪ Used as work platform only when in use of small hand tools and handling of light
materials.
▪ Shall be of sufficient length and be placed such that worker will not stretch
▪ Damaged ladders shall be removed and tagged “unsafe” or “destroyed”
▪ Positioned at 1horizontal to 4 vertical; With handhold of at least 2.5 feet

Do’s and Don’ts

▪ Don’t stand length of tubes or frames against wall, and then leave them unattended.
▪ Don’t straighten deformed tubes or frames by heating. Excessively bent tubes should be
discarded.
▪ Don’t use excessively corroded tubes or frames
▪ Don’t mix different systems in the same scaffolds.
▪ Use sufficient quantity of components for scaffolds.

LOADING:
▪ Don’t overload any scaffold or platform
▪ Spread out the load on a platform. If necessary, place concentrated load as near the
standard as possible.

CONSTRUCTION:
▪ Scaffolds should be plumbed as well as leveled
▪ Place scaffold standards or frames systematically on sole boards.
▪ Don’t use bending stresses to scaffold members.
▪ Arrange tubes so that they converge at the same nodal points.
▪ Don’t cover a scaffold with a sheeting unless it is designed to be used for such
purpose.
▪ Insert a temporary tie or brace before removing any tie or brace from the scaffold.
▪ Replace tie or brace after you have finished your job.
▪ Remove all materials and loose objects from a mobile scaffold before moving the
scaffold.
▪ Don’t ride on a mobile scaffold. Push only from the ground level.

DISMANTLING:
▪ Don’t throw scaffold members from height.
▪ Don’t dismantle the scaffold unless you know the sequence. Instability and collapse may
result from the removal of the wrong tie or the premature removal of certain members.

119
 Actual Scaffolding Erection Techniques
[SYSTEM SCAFFOLD]
Required Tools, PPE, Materials & Documents:
▪ Magnetic Level Meter ▪ Helmet With Chin Strap
▪ Scaffold Spanner/Wrench ▪ Fluorescent Vest
▪ Scaffolder's Holster ▪ Whistle
▪ Marker/Pegs ▪ Signage
▪ Measuring Tape ▪ Barricade Cones/Tapes
▪ Fullbody Harness ▪ Scaffold Inspection Tag
▪ Scaffold Gloves ▪ Complete Scaffold Set
▪ Coverall ▪ Scaffolding Permit
▪ Safety Glasses

Completed scaffold:
▪ On completion of scaffold tell your supervisor that the work is complete.
▪ The supervisor will in turn inform the inspector and he will inspect the scaffold.
▪ If the scaffold is satisfactory the inspector will the insert the green scafftag.
▪ Scaffold is not complete until the working platform is cleared and all spare material
stacked in separate in sizes a safe manner

SCAFFOLD ERRECTION (competent person)

1414,06(13) Scaffold of more than 6 meters in height shall be design by a structural engineer and
shall be erected, installed and dismantled by TESDA certified erectors

Site Inspection and Preparation:

Site inspection shall be carried out

120
before actual erection to check:
▪ ground conditions,
▪ overhead wires,
▪ obstructions,
▪ changes in surface elevation,
▪ structural support.

Inspection of Scaffold Components before Erection

▪ All scaffold materials delivered on site shall be visually inspected either upon delivery or
before it is erected/installed. Any defective material shall be repaired, replaced or
discarded.
1. RIGIDITY
2. PLUMBNESS
3. STABILITY
4. COMPLETENESS

121
 ▪ Made from good quality
wood with no major defects
▪ Should have few knots
▪ Supported by tubes

STEPS IN ERECTING SCAFFOLDS

1. Barricade the area 12. Square the bay

2. Check the parts 13. Install planks
3. Established the corner 14. Upper level transom/ledgers
4. Place sole plate if required 15. Transverse diagonals in place to
5. Lay out the base plate prevent sideways
6. Established the wall distance 14’’ 16. Stairs
7. Start at the highest point and insert 17. Longitudinal braces installed
standards 18. Repeat steps with lifting the first
8. Connect transom on one side plank to 2nd floors
9. Connect ledgers the bay 19. On 3rd lift, use nylon rope to lift
10. Close connection (transom) scaffolds parts
11. Level the bay

122
 WORKPLACE ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY

Objective: To identify / recognize potential health hazards in the construction site.

Industrial Hygiene:

The science and art devoted to identification, evaluation and control of environmental factors
and stresses arising in or from the workplace, which may cause sickness, impaired health
and well-being, or significant discomfort among workers or among citizens of the community.

Health hazards are chemical, physical or biological factors in our environment that can have
negative impacts on our short- or long-term health. Exposure can occur through touch,
inhalation, and ingestion. (Reference: Public Health, Ontario Canada)

CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS

I. Physical Hazards
II. Ergonomic Hazards
III. Biological Hazards
IV. Psychosocial hazards
V. Chemical Hazards

I. PHYSICAL HAZARDS. Include excessive levels of electromagnetic and ionizing radiation,

noise, vibration, and extremes of temperatures and pressure.

A. NOISE – any unwanted sound with a unit of decibels (dB).

Noisy activities on construction sites include the use of jackhammers, dump trucks,
cement mixers, cement cutters, electric saws, tamping machines and welding
machines, as well as noise generated from hand tools such as sledgehammers and
drills.

Some noise levels in construction site based on specific tasks

Tasks (Trade) Average Noise Maximum Noise

Level (dBA) Level (dBA)

Vehicle (Brick layers) 98.0 116.7

Operating Man lift 98.1 117.6

Welding, Burning (Iron 98.4 119.7
workers)

123
 Demolition (Laborers) 99.3 112.1

Grinding (Masonry trades) 99.7 118.6

Operating bulldozer 100.2 112.5

Chipping Concrete 102.9 120.3

Source: Department of Environmental and Occupational Health Sciences, School of Public Health
and Community Medicine, University of Washington. Examples of noise level generated by tools
used in construction:

Examples of noise level generated by tools used in construction:

Average Noise Maximum Noise

Tasks (Trade)
Level (dBA) Level (dBA)

Welding, Cutting equipment 94.9 122.8

Hand Power saw 97.2 123.7

Screw Gun, Drill Motor 97.7 123.7

Rotohammer 97.8 113. 5

Chipping Gun 103.0 119.2

Source: Department of Environmental and Occupational Health Sciences, School of Public Health
and Community Medicine, University of Washington

Arm’s Length Rule

if you must raise your voice to be heard by a co-worker at an arm’s length away, the noise
level is considered as potentially dangerous. Any noise levels above 85 dB should be a
cause for concern, especially with extended exposure that occurs over an eight-hour
workday. Other factors that affect how noise levels affect workers include:

• Duration of exposure
• Noise Level
• Impulsiveness - noises with abrupt starts and stops (such as hammering)
• Periods of intermittence

B. EXTREME TEMPERATURE

1. HEAT STRESS- includes a series of conditions where the body is under stress
from overheating.

124
 Extreme heat is a thermal form of energy. The specific environmental factors
causing heat stress are high air temperature, minimal movement of air, high
humidity, and radiant heat. Heat stress is the combination of a worker’s exposure
to heat from physical activity, environmental factors, and their clothing which
results in an increase in the body’s heat storage, known as the net heat load

Physical work contributes to the total heat stress of a job, because metabolic heat
increases in proportion to work intensity. The amount, thermal characteristics, and
type of clothing worn are also important, because they alter the rate of heat
exchange between the skin and the air.

Construction workers often work outdoors during the hottest times of the year.
Some construction work occurs in exposure to direct sunlight on roofs, roadways,
and runways. Other construction jobs may that expose workers to heat sources
that are part of the work process, such as welding and cutting torches or hot
asphalt contained in roofing kettles and paving machines.

2. COLD STRESS is a very serious condition that occurs when the body can no
longer maintain its normal temperature. Cold environments are defined as work
conditions with low temperatures (below 10℃/50℉), high wind speed (over
40MPH), humidity, contact with cold surfaces or water and inadequate clothing.

Workers can be exposed to extreme cold through the following

circumstances:

• working outdoors in cold weather

• Indoor work in artificial cold environments (refrigeration, food industries)
• Working in open or cold water (offshore operations)
• Working in ice plants
• Working in cold storage of processed foods including meat products, ice cream
etc.

C. VIBRATION is a continuous low frequency oscillation that is more likely felt than
heard. It affects the body through direct contact

Types of Vibration:

A. Whole-body vibration (WBV) is transmitted through the seat or feet of employees

who drive mobile machines like tractors, heavy equipment or other work vehicles,
over rough and uneven surfaces as a main part of their job.

125
 Vibration transmitted through the feet can also be a problem for employees that stand
on the platforms of stationary plant such as rock crushers.

B. The hand-arm vibration (HAV) is caused by regular exposure to high levels of

vibration from using power driven hand held tools and equipment. It could also be
caused by holding materials in contact with grinding or cutting operations.

Example of Power Driven Tools

• grinders
• polishers
• strimmer
• chainsaws
• power drills
• road breakers

Occupational Exposure: Operating the following tools and equipment: 1) hand-held

grinding tools, jackhammer, chainsaw and driving heavy equipment vehicles.

D. ILLUMINATION

Illumination is the amount of stream of light falling on the surface being worked on.
Too much or too little light can harm a person’s sense of sight or may affect one’s
performance for daily set of activities. Lumens or lux is the unit of measurement.

Sources of light:
• natural
• artificial (incandescent bulbs, halogen lamps, LED lights, mercury lamps,
fluorescent lamps, pin lights etc)

Types of Lighting

• General Lighting provides an area with overall illumination.

• Local or Task lighting helps you perform specific tasks such as reading, sewing,
cooking, homework, hobbies, games, or balancing your checkbook.

E. PRESSURE

This is the atmospheric force that is constantly applied on the body, as a result of
normal changes in altitude or artificially induced conditions. This is the atmospheric
force that is constantly applied on the body, as a result of normal changes in altitude
or artificially induced conditions.

126
 Occupational exposures to abnormal pressure:

• deep-sea divers
• telecommunication (Tower climber, Riggers)
• tunnel workers
• aviators in unpressurized aircraft ascend to high altitudes too quickly

F. RADIATION

Radiation:

• It is an energy that comes from a source and travels through space and may be
able to penetrate various materials.
• The emission and propagation of energy in the form of rays or waves.
• The energy radiated or transmitted in the form of rays, waves, or particles.
• A stream of particles or electromagnetic waves that is emitted by the atoms and
molecules of a radioactive substance as a result of nuclear decay.

Types of Radiation:

1. Ionizing Radiation - Higher energy electromagnetic waves such as gamma or

heavy particles such as beta and alpha. It has high enough energy to pull electron
from orbit.

2. Non-ionizing Radiation - Lower energy electromagnetic waves. Does not have

enough energy to pull electron from orbit, but can excite the electron.

Examples on Non-ionizing Radiation Sources:

• Visible light
• Microwaves
• Radios/Cellular Phones
• Video Display Terminals
• Power lines
• Ultraviolet and Infrared
• Lasers
• Light
• Radio

III. ERGONOMIC HAZARDS

Ergonomics is a technique that brings together several disciplines to solve problems

arising from work and the working environment. It comes from the root words: “Ergo”
meaning work and “Nomos” meaning laws

127
 These include improperly designed tools or work areas, improper lifting or reaching, poor
visual conditions or repeated motions in an awkward position that can result in accident
or illnesses in the occupational environment. Intelligent application of engineering and
biomechanical principles is required to eliminate hazards of this kind.

Components of Ergonomics:

JOB
• the task needed to achieve a result
• governed by guidelines designed to prevent muscle overload
• requires learning, training and skill

WORKSTATION
• place of deployment
• where duties are carried out
• where equipment are located
• 8 hours are spent
• most accidents happen

TOOL
• powerful, fast, tireless
• enables man to accomplish his job with reduced effort
• increases man’s strength and versatility
• reduces the risk of associated hazards

MAN
• an integral part of the man-machine-system.
• intelligent, adaptive and versatile
• the basis of existence - survival

Risk Factors of the JOB/TASK:

Position
• Relaxed natural position
• Wrists straight, Shoulders relaxed
• Back and neck as close to their natural alignment as possible
• Elbows near the side, bent at a 90’ angle to reach the work.

Force
• it strains muscle tendons;
• if a job requires force, it’s important to control the frequency of repetition . . .
• and to position the work with muscles at their maximum strength

Frequency
• it is more difficult to control frequency than position & force …

128
 • therefore, it is more important to make it possible for employees to work in the best
position they can to reduce the force applied.

III. BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS

Biological Agents include bacteria, fungi, mold, parasites viruses and other
microorganisms. These organisms are widespread in the natural environment which can
be found in water, soil, plants and animals. Because many microbes reproduce rapidly and
require minimal resources for survival, they are potential danger in a wide variety of
occupational settings.

Biological hazards are the most common type of hazard that workers are vulnerable to is
vector-borne diseases. In short, this is an illness that is caused when an infected host
transmits a disease to a person through the blood. Routinely caused by blood sucking
arthropods like mosquitoes, ticks, and fleas, a vector-borne disease can also be
transferred from birds, rodents, and larger animals.

Additionally, construction workers are also vulnerable to venomous animals and insects.
Depending on where the worker is employed, they may be more likely to be bitten by a
venomous snake or a spider. Venomous threats include wasps, bees, hornets, hobo
spiders, rattlesnakes, and coral snakes.

In addition to the threat of insects and animals, construction workers are also vulnerable
to poisonous plants like poison ivy and poison oak. When a person comes into
contact with one of these plants it can burn their skin and leave a dangerous infection.

IV. PSYCHOSOCIAL HAZARDS

Psychosocial risks arise from poor work design, organization and management, as well
as a poor social context of work, and they may result in negative psychological, physical
and social outcomes such as work-related stress, burnout or depression. Some examples
of working conditions leading to psychosocial risks are:

• Excessive workloads
• Conflicting demands and lack of role clarity
• Lack of involvement in making decisions that affect the worker and lack of influence
over the way the job is done
• Poorly managed organizational change, job insecurity
• Ineffective communication, lack of support from management or colleagues
• Psychological and sexual harassment, third party violence

When considering the job demands, it is important not to confuse psychosocial risks
such as excessive workload with conditions where, although stimulating and

129
 sometimes challenging, there is a supportive work environment in which workers are well
trained and motivated to perform to the best of their ability. A good psychosocial
environment enhances good performance and personal development, as well as workers’
mental and physical well-being.
Workers experience stress when the demands of their job are excessive and greater than
their capacity to cope with them. In addition to mental health problems, workers suffering
from prolonged stress can go on to develop serious physical health problems such as
cardiovascular disease or musculoskeletal problems.
For the organization, the negative effects include poor overall business performance,
increased absenteeism and presenteeism (workers turning up for work when sick and
unable to function effectively) and increased accident and injury rates. Absences tend to
be longer than those arising from other causes and work-related stress may contribute to
increased rates of early retirement.

V. CHEMICAL HAZARDS

These arise from excessive airborne concentration of mists, vapors, gases or solids that
are in the form of dusts or fumes. In addition to the hazard of inhalation, many of these
materials may act as skin irritant or maybe toxic by absorption through the skin: No
chemical is entirely without risk, but there are safe ways of using them. They are
present in our everyday life as solids, liquids and gasses which may be inconspicuous
in the workplace

Modes of entry of chemicals into the body:

• Inhalation – common route of industrial chemical exposure
• Skin (or eye) contact – direct contact with chemicals
• Ingestion – may result from accidental swallowing from eating in contaminated area or
from smoking on the job with contaminated fingers and hands
• Injection

130
 Classification of Chemical Hazards:
Chemicals that are present in the workplace can be classified as the following:
a. Organic solvents: Exposure through vapors which are gases formed when liquid
evaporates. Examples of solvents used in construction are thinner, paints, adhesives,
coal tar, varnishes etc.

b. Heavy metals in the form of fumes. These are volatilized solids that condense when
in contact with air. It comes with very small, solid particles created when hot vapor reacts
with air and from oxide.

Common occupational exposure to metal fumes includes welding and soldering.

Common heavy metals are lead, iron, cadmium, chromium, etc.
c. Acids in the form of mist. These are dispersion of liquid particles in the air.
These are suspended liquid droplets formed when vapor condenses back to a liquid.
Examples of acids include muriatic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid etc. These are commonly
used in treatment of cement walls in preparation to painting.

d. Gases are substances in the gaseous state at room temperature and pressure.
Examples of these are nitrogen dioxide, oxygen, sulfur dioxide, chlorine gas, hydrogen
sulfide, methane and carbon monoxide. Sources of exposure to gases in construction
include emissions from vehicles and heavy equipment and generator set operation. Some
of these gases are present in confined spaces.

e. Dust in the form of particulate matter is the suspension of solid particles in the air.
These are generated by processes like grinding, drilling & crushing operations. Dusts are
generated not only by work processes, but may also occur naturally, e.g., pollens, volcanic
ashes, and sandstorms.

Example of dust:
• mineral dusts, such as those containing free crystalline silica (e.g., as quartz), coal
and cement
• metallic dusts, such as lead, cadmium, nickel, and beryllium dusts
• other chemical dusts, e.g., many bulk chemicals and pesticides

EXERCISE:

Instruction: Identify potential hazards to the following:

1. WELDING OPERATION:

131
2. EXCAVATION

132
3. PAINTING

Methods of recognizing occupational health stresses/hazards

Identification of the different hazards in construction may be achieved through a

combination of the following methods:

1. Walk-through/ocular inspection – this is necessary in identifying the potential

hazards and determining the critical conditions in the workplace. It will be good to
make a checklist for inspection. Items to check are operations, equipment, work
areas and facilities.

2. Review of the process involved – The identity of the chemical intermediates

formed in the course of an industrial process and the toxicological properties of
these intermediates may be difficult to establish. Undesirable chemical by-
products such as carbon monoxide resulting from the incomplete combustion of
organic material may be formed.
3. Knowing the raw materials, by-products and finished products – Knowing about
the raw materials used and the nature of the products manufactured will help
you determine the specific contaminants to which workers are actually exposed.
Possible impurities in raw materials such as benzene in some solvents should
be considered.

133
4. Gathering workers’ complaints – the actual chemicals or substances
handled may be determined by interviewing the workers. More so, their complaints
can also be gathered and assessed in the clinic record.

5. Gathering information of chemicals from labels and Safety Data Sheet (SDS).

Chemical Labels:

Content of a GHS Label

1. Product Identifier – Name of the product

2. Pictograms – Graphic giving information about the potential hazard(s) of the
product
3. Signal Word – Descriptive word/statement that explains the potential hazard of
the product. Examples “Danger” or “Warning”
4. Hazard Statements – Explanation of the product’s potential hazard
5. Precautionary Statements – Statement(s) that convey information on how to
prevent or minimize the negative effects of coming in contact with the product.
Precautionary statements fall into 4 categories: prevention, response, storage and
disposal.
6. Supplier Information – Contact information for the manufacturer/supplier of the
product including company name, address and telephone number

Safety Data Sheet (SDS)

A summary of the important health, safety and toxicological information on the chemical or
the mixture ingredients.

Contents of Safety Data Sheet

1. Identification of the substance or mixture and of the supplier

2. Hazard Identification
3. Composition/Information on ingredients
4. First aid Measures
5. Firefighting measures
6. Accidental Release measures
7. Handling and Storage
8. Exposure controls/personal protection.
9. Physical and chemical properties

134
10. Stability and Reactivity
11. Toxicological information
12. Ecological information
13. Disposal considerations
14. Transport Information
15. Regulatory information
16. Other information including information on preparation and revision of the SDS

Salient features of Department Order No. 136-14 known as the Guidelines for the
Implementation of Globally Harmonized System (GHS) in Chemical Safety Program in
the Workplace

It covers all workplaces engaged in the manufacture, use and storage of industrial chemicals,
all along the supply chain. Its objective is to protect workers and properties from the hazards
of chemicals and to prevent or reduce the incidence of chemically induced accidents, illness
and injuries and death resulting in the use of chemicals at work.

Objectives:
• To protect the workers and properties from the hazards of chemicals
• To prevent and reduce the incident of chemically induced accidents, illnesses and
death resulting in the misuse of chemicals

GHS PICTOGRAMS

135
Confined Spaces

Generally speaking, a confined space is a fully or partially enclosed space that:

• is not primarily designed or intended for continuous human occupancy

• has limited or restricted entrance or exit, or a configuration that can complicate first
aid, rescue, evacuation, or other emergency response activities
• Can represent a risk for the for the health and safety of anyone who enters, due to one or
more of the following factors:
- its design, construction, location or atmosphere
- the materials or substances in it
- work activities being carried out in it, or the
- mechanical, process and safety hazards present

Confined spaces can be below or above ground. Confined spaces can be found in almost
any workplace. A confined space, despite its name, is not necessarily small. Examples of
confined spaces include silos, vats, hoppers, utility vaults, tanks, water supply towers,
sewers, pipes, access shafts, truck or rail tank cars, aircraft wings, boilers, manholes, pump
stations, digesters, manure pits and storage bins. Ditches and trenches may also be a
confined space when access or egress is limited. Barges, shipping containers and fish holds
are also considered as possible confined spaces.
Hazards when working in confined spaces include:
• lack of oxygen
• lack of natural light
• dusts in high concentrations such as flour
• liquids and solids suddenly filling the space
• hot working conditions increasing body heat.

There is a risk with gas, fumes or vapours filling the space as these can be flammable or
poisonous.

Evaluation of Health Hazards

What is Work Environment Measurement (WEM)
According to the OSH Standards Rule 1077.02, Work Environment Measurement (WEM) means
sampling and analysis carried out in respect of the atmospheric working environment and other
fundamental elements of the working environment for the purpose of determining actual
conditions therein.
OSHS Rule 1077.01

The employer shall exert efforts to maintain and control the working environment in comfortable
and healthful conditions for the purpose of maintaining and promoting the health of his workers.

OSHS Rule 1077.03 (Requirements)

136
• Working environment measurement shall include temperature, humidity, pressure,
illumination, ventilation, and concentration of substances and noise.

• The employer shall carry out working environment measurement in indoor or other
workplaces where hazardous work is performed and shall keep a record of such
measurement, which shall be made available to the enforcing authority.

• The WEM shall be performed by the safety and medical personnel who have taken
adequate training and experience in WEM (internal monitoring)

• Note: Internal WEM also requires calibrated industrial hygiene equipment

• In the event of inability to perform the WEM, the employer shall commission the
Bureau/OSHC/Regional Office concerned and other institutions accredited or recognized
by the Bureau, to perform the measurement.

The work environment measurement shall be performed periodically as may be necessary but not
longer than annually. (OSHS Rule 1070)

What is a Threshold Limit Value?

The Threshold Limit Value (TLV) of a chemical substance is believed to be a level to which a
worker can be exposed day after day for a working lifetime without adverse effects. (ACGIH)
CATEGORIES OF TLV
1. Threshold Limit Values – Eight Hour TWA Average (TLV-TWA) refers to airborne
concentration of substances and represent conditions under which it is believed that
nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed day after day without adverse effect.

2. Threshold Limit Values – Short Term Exposure Level (TLV-STEL)

• A 15-minute TWA exposure that should not be exceeded at any time during a
workday even if the 8-hour TWA is within the TLV-TWA.

• The concentration to which it is believed that workers can be exposed continuously for
a short period of time without suffering from:

3. Threshold Limit Values – Ceiling (TLV-C). The concentration that should not be
exceeded during any part of the working exposure

137
 Permissible Noise Exposure Level, (Rule 1074 OSHS, DOLE)

Sound Levels, dBA

Duration per day, hours
(slow response)

8 90

6 92

4 95

3 97

2 100

1-1/2 102

1 105

½ 110

¼ 115*

*Ceiling value: No exposure in excess of 115 dBA is allowed

Example of TLV of Chemicals based on OSHS,DOLE:

Chemicals TLV of Chemicals

Hydrochloric Acid 5 ppm

Sulfuric Acid 0.25 ppm

Nitric Acid 2 ppm

Acetone 1000 ppm

Benzene 25 ppm

Carbon Monoxide 50 ppm

138
Illumination Requirements based on OSHS, DOLE

Area of Operation Minimum Lighting Levels and Task lux

Cutting cloth 2000 and above

Sewing cloth (200 foot candles)
Finish inspection
Fine assembly
Color grading
Fine Machining
Inspection and assembly 1,000
Clay enameling and glazing (100-foot candles)
Electric motor insulating
Coil winding and testing
Chipping Grinding
Fine core making
Machine shop benchwork
Transcribing handwriting
Indexing references
Accounting
Pattern making
Drafting

Area of Operation Minimum Lighting Levels and Task lux

Welding 500
Automotive frame assembly (50-foot candles)
Chemical laboratory
Foundry molding
Metal pouring
Sorting
Core making
Rubber extrusion and tire making
Punch press Shearing
Stamping Spinning
Woodworking
Sizing
Planing
Rough
Sanding
Medium quality machine and benchwork
First aid station
Packaging 300
Barrel Washing (30-foot candles)
Turbine
Clay molding and pressing
Chemical furnace
Tank
Dryer

139
 Evaporator
Extractor
Cleaning and annealing furnace
Plating
Drop-forge shop
Lunch room
Locker room
Rest room
Shower room
General construction plants and shops 100
e.g. batching plants, screening (10-foot candles)
plants, mechanical and electrical
equipment rooms, carpenter shops,
rigging lofts and active storerooms,
barracks or living quarters, tunnel
and shaft heading during drilling,
mucking and scalding.
Tunnels, shaft and general 50
underground work areas, (5-foot candles)
concrete placement, excavation
and waste areas, access ways,
active storage areas, loading
platforms, refueling, and field
maintenance areas, indoors,
warehouses, corridors hallways
and exit ways

Control of Health Hazards

Reasons for Control of Hazardous Substances:

• Protecting workers’ health from exposure to substances

• Protecting workers comfort
• Complying with the standards implemented

Hierarchy of Control Measures

• Engineering control - most effective means of controlling hazards. These do not
eliminate hazards, but rather isolate people from hazards.

• Administrative control - are changes to the way people work.

• Use of Personal Protective Equipment - is the last control measure. PPE is the least
effective means of controlling hazards because of the high potential for damage to render
PPE ineffective.

140
Key Elements of Engineering Controls:
• Elimination

Eliminating a hazard by removing a process or substance completely. Elimination of

the hazard is not always achievable though it does totally remove the hazard and
thereby eliminates the risk of exposure.
Whenever possible, hazards should be eliminated or controlled at their source – as
close to where the problem is created as possible – using engineering solutions. If
this is not possible, controls should be placed between the source and the workers.
The closer a control is to the source of the hazard the better. If this is not possible,
hazards must be controlled at the level of the worker.
• Substitution - Involves changing chemical substances and/or process with less
hazardous or harmful one

• Isolation

• Enclosure / Containment

An enclosure keeps a selected hazard "physically" away from the worker. Enclosed
equipment, for example, is tightly sealed and it is typically only opened for cleaning or
maintenance. Other examples include "glove boxes" (where a chemical is in a
ventilated and enclosed space and the employee works with the material by using
gloves that are built in), abrasive blasting cabinets, or remote control devices. Care
must be taken when the enclosure is opened for maintenance as exposure could
occur if adequate precautions are not taken.
The containment means the hazard is present in the workplace and you provide a barrier
to the hazard at that workplace, while isolation means the hazard will be removed from
that area to provide space and barrier to the workers.

• Modification / Redesign / Automation - To change the physical operating conditions

without changing the chemical or process

• Ventilation - The process of supplying or removing air by natural or mechanical means to

and from any space.

Purpose of Ventilation:

• To provide workers’ thermal comfort

• To dilute air contaminants in the workroom
• To renew the contaminated air.
• Provide a continuous supply of fresh outside air.
• To maintain temperature and humidity at comfortable levels

141
 Administrative controls

• Job rotation or limiting the time spent (of personnel) in the hazard areas
• Good housekeeping / preventive maintenance
• Clear and readable signage are administrative tool for communication and control of
hazards at workplaces
• Organization of drills for emergency
• Training and education of workers
• Medical Surveillance
• Work Environment Measurement
• Chemical Safety Program (DO 136-14)

Use of Personal Protective Equipment – provision of protection to workers from head to toe.

Summary/Clear Points:

• Industrial Hygiene is a preventive approach to minimize exposure to health hazards. The

basic steps include identification, evaluation and control.

• Evaluation of health hazards can be accomplished through WEM. This is an exposure

assessment process of measuring the magnitude, frequency, and duration of exposure to
physical and chemical hazards.

• Control of health hazards utilize any or combination of engineering, administrative and the
use of PPE.

Occupational Health Services

Rule 1960 of the Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHS)

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SERVICES

General Provisions:

(1) Every employer shall establish in his place of employment occupational health services in
accordance with the regulation and guidelines provided for under this rule.

(2) The employer, the workers, and their representatives, where they exist shall cooperate and
participate in the implementation of the organizational and other measures relating to occupational
health services.

Coverage:

(1) This Rule shall apply to all establishments whether for profit or not, including the Government and
any of its political subdivisions and government-owned or controlled corporations.

142
(2) The Bureau of Dental Health Services of the Department of Health shall be responsible for the
development and enforcement of dental standards.

Definitions:

As used in this Rule, except where the context clearly indicates otherwise, the following terms shall
mean as herein defined:

(1) “Occupational Health Services” are services entrusted with essentially preventive functions and
responsible for advising the employers, the workers, and their representatives, in the
establishment/undertaking of the following:

(a) The requirements for establishing and maintaining a safe and healthy working environment which
will facilitate optimal physical and mental health in relation to work, and

(b) The adaptation of work to the capabilities of workers in the light of their state of physical and mental
health.

(2) “Occupational Health Personnel” in an establishment/undertaking refers to the qualified first-aider,

nurse, dentist, or physician, whose service/services have been engaged by the employer in order to
provide occupational health services in the establishment/ undertaking.

(3) “First Aid Treatment” means adequate, immediate and necessary medical and/or dental attendance
or remedy given in case of injury or sudden illness suffered by the workers, irrespective of whether or
not such illness/injury is occupational in nature, before more extensive medical and/or dental treatment
can be secured. It does not include following treatment for an injury or illness.

(4) “First Aider” means any person trained and duly certified or qualified to administer first-aid by the
Philippine National Red Cross or by any organization accredited by the same.

(5) “Occupational Health Practitioner” refers to a physician, nurse, engineer, dentist or chemist duly
licensed to practice his/her profession in the Philippines and possessing all of the additional
qualifications required under Rule 1964.01.

(6) “Emergency Treatment Room” means any enclosed area or room equipped with the necessary
medical facilities and supplies, and located within the premises of the establishment where workers
maybe brought for examination and treatment of their injuries or illnesses in cases of emergency.

(7) “Emergency Clinic” means an enclosed area, room or building, located within the premises of the
establishment, and equipped with the necessary medical facilities and supplies, where workers maybe
brought for examination and treatment of their injuries or illnesses in cases of emergency, where more
elaborate instruments and equipments (such as examining bed, oxygen tank) are made available for
the workers, and where the services of a more competent medical staff are provided, who may handle
or treat a few simple cases of injuries or illnesses needing short-term confinement, or may refer such
cases to hospitals.

Occupational Health Services:

(1) Functions: Without prejudice to the responsibility of each employer for the health, and safety of the
workers in his employment, and with due regard to the necessity for the workers to participate in

143
matters of occupational health and safety, occupational health services shall have the following
functions as are adequate and appropriate to the occupational risks of the establishment/undertaking.

(a) Identification and assessment of the risks from health hazards in the workplace;

(b) Surveillance of the factors in the working environment and working practices which may affect the
worker’s health, including sanitary installations, canteens, and housing where these facilities are
provided by the employer;

(c) Advice on planning and organization of work, including the design of the workplace, on the choice,
maintenance, and condition of machinery and other equipment, and on substances used in work;

(d) Participation in the development of programs for the improvement of working practices as well as
testing and evaluation of health aspects of new equipment;

(e) Advice on occupational health, safety and hygiene, and on ergonomics and individual and
collective protective equipment;

(f) Surveillance of worker’s health in relation to work;

(g) Promoting the adaptation of work to the workers;

(h) Collaboration in providing information, training and education in the fields of occupational health
and hygiene and ergonomics;

(i) Organizing of first-aid and emergency treatment; and

(j) Participation in analysis of occupational accidents and occupational diseases.

Organization and Preventive Services:

(1) Occupational health services maybe organized by:

(a) the establishment/undertaking

(b) government authorities or official services recognized by the Bureau

(c) social security institution

(d) any other bodies authorized by the Bureau

(e) a combination of any of the above.

(2) Occupational health services organized as a service for a single small-scale establishment shall
have an occupational health practitioner as one of its personnel, who shall conduct an inspection of
the workplace:

(a) at least once every two (2) months for hazardous small-scale establishments employing 1 to 50
workers;

(b) at least once every month for hazardous small-scale establishments employing 51 to 99 workers;

144
(c) at least once every six (6) months for non-hazardous establishments employing 1 to 99 workers.

(3) Occupational health services organized as a service for a single, non-hazardous medium scale
establishment employing 100 to 199 workers, shall have an occupational health practitioner as one of
its personnel who shall conduct an inspection of the workplace at least once every three (3) months.

(4) Occupational health services organized as a service for a single, hazardous medium scale
establishment employing 100 to 199 workers shall have a part-time occupational health physician as
one of its personnel, who shall perform the duties of an occupational health physician as provided for
under

(5) For hazardous and non-hazardous large-scale establishments employing 200 workers and more
occupational health services shall be organized as a service solely for a single
establishment/undertaking, and shall have a part-time or full-time occupational health physician, in
accordance with the provisions of Rule 1963, as one of its personnel. Such occupational health
physician shall perform the duties of an occupational health physician as provided for under Rule
1965.02.

(6) When an occupational health service is organized as a service common to a number of

establishments/ undertakings, the following regulations shall be followed:

(a) for small-scale industries, the total number of establishments shall not exceed ten (10).

(b) for medium-scale industries, the total number of establishments shall not exceed four (4).

REQUIRED REPORT UNDER RULE 1960

OSH RULE REPORT/FORM WHERE TO FILE WHEN TO
REPORT

Rule 1960 Annual Medical 2 copies submitted On or before the

Occupational Report – DOLE to concerned RO test day of March
Health Services /BW/OH-47A AMR copy furnished the of the year
Bureau following the
covered period.

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAM

The employer shall organize and maintain an occupational health program to achieve the
following objective:

(1)Assess the worker’s physical, emotional and psychosocial assets as well as his liabilities in
order to facilitate his proper placement and ensure the suitability of individuals according to their
physical capacities, mental abilities and emotional make-up in work which they can perform with an
acceptable degree of efficiency without endangering their own health and safety and that of their co-
workers;

145
 (2)Protect employees against health hazards in their working environment in order to prevent
occupational as well as non-occupational diseases;

(3)Provision for first-aid, emergency services and treatment depending on the nature of the
industry;

(4)Assure adequate medical care of ill and injured workers;

(5)Encourage personal health maintenance and physical fitness and proper nutrition practices;
and

(6)Provide guidance, information and services for family planning programs.

The Health Program shall include the following activities:

(1)Maintenance of a healthful work environment by requiring occupational health personnel to
conduct regular appraisal of sanitation conditions, periodic inspection of premises, including all
facilities therein, and evaluate the working environment in order to detect and appraise occupational
health hazards and environmental conditions affecting comfort and job efficiency;

(2)Health Examination:
a) Entrance;
b) Periodic;
c) Special Examination
d) Transfer Examination;
e) Separation Examination

(3)Diagnosis and treatment of all injuries and occupational and non-occupational diseases;

(4)Immunization programs; and

(5)Accurate and complete medical records of each worker starting from his first examination or
treatment, which must be under the exclusive custody and control of the occupational health
personnel. Such records shall be made available to the worker or his duly authorized representative
and shall not be used for discriminatory purpose or in any other manner prejudicial to his interest.

(6)Health Education and Counseling in which the Occupational Health and Safety personnel
shall cooperate with the supervisors in imparting appropriate health and safety information to
employees, such as health hazards and proper precautions, habits of cleanliness, orderliness, safe
work practices, use and maintenance of available personal protective clothing and devices, and the
use of available health services and facilities; and

(7)Nutrition program which shall be under the dietician and supervised by a physician if the
latter is present.

146
Physical Examination

(1)All workers, irrespective of age and sex, shall undergo physical examination:
a. before entering employment for the first time;
b. periodically, or at such intervals as may be necessary on account of the
conditions or risks involved in the work;
c. When transferred or separated from employment; and
d. when injured or ill.

(2)All examinations shall:

a. be complete and thorough;

b. be rendered free of charge to the workers; and
c. include X-ray or special laboratory examinations when necessary due to the
peculiar nature of the employment.

(3)The results of these physical examinations shall be recorded carefully and legibly on
appropriate forms by the health service personnel charged with such responsibility.

(4)Records of physical examinations and all information obtained by the health personnel
shall be considered strictly confidential.

PRE-EMPLOYMENT/PRE-PLACEMENT PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS

(1)Pre-employment Physical examination shall be conducted:

a. to determine the physical condition of the prospective employee at the time of
hiring: and
b. to prevent the placement of a worker on a job where, through some physical or
mental defects, he may be dangerous to his fellow workers or to property.
(2)Pre-employment Physical examination shall:
a. be a general clinical examination including special laboratory examinations
when necessary due to the peculiar nature of the workers prospective
employment;
b. include chest x-ray examinations. Under the following circumstances, x-ray
examinations be rendered free of charge.
i. Where the employer or establishment is required by these Rules
to engage the services of an Occupational Health Physician and
where there are x-ray facilities in the establishment;
ii. Where the employer does not maintain such facilities, x-ray
examinations shall be conducted by;
aa. government clinics or hospitals;
bb. the occupational health physician; and
cc. private clinics or hospitals when applicants are referred to
them.
iii. In all other instances, the applicant shall pay the cost of the
examination.
(3)At the completion of the examination, the applicant shall he rated as follows:
CLASS A – Physically fit for any work
CLASS B – Physically under-developed or with correctible defects, (error of

147
 refraction dental caries, defective hearing, and other similar defects)
but otherwise fit to work,
CLASS C –Employable but owing to certain impairments or conditions, (heart
disease, hypertension, anatomical defects) requires special placement
or limited duty in a specified or selected assignment requiring follow-
up treatment/periodic evaluation.
CLASS D – Unfit or unsafe for any type of employment (active PTB, advanced
heart disease with threatened failure, malignant hypertension, and
other similar illnesses).

DURING EMPLOYMENT

Periodic Annual Medical Examinations

Periodic annual medical examinations shall be conducted in order to follow-up previous findings, to
allow early detection of occupational and non-occupational diseases, and determine the effect of
exposure of employees to health hazards. These examinations:

(1)Shall be as complete and as thorough as the pre-employment examinations and include

general clinical examinations.

(2)Shall include all special examinations and/or investigations deemed necessary for the
diagnosis of these diseases which will be free of charge in case the workers are exposed to
occupational health hazards.

(3)Shall include, whenever feasible, a chest x-ray examination at least once ayear which shall
be rendered free of charge to the workers,

(4)Shall be as frequent as the nature of employment may warrant taking into consideration the
special hazards involved and their relative importance.

(5)Shall include regular biochemical monitoring which shall be conducted free of charge for
workers exposed to toxic substances/pesticides classified under toxicity categories I and II of the
World Health Organization (WHO) toxicity classification standards.

(6)Shall have an interval of not longer than one year between two (2) consecutive periodic
physical examinations.

In occupations where there is a risk to the health of the worker either due to toxic substances they
handle or of the environment in which they work, only persons who are pronounced medically fit shall
be employed.

When occupational disease have been detected in workers and continued employment might
jeopardize their health, their employment shall be discontinued until after their complete or satisfactory
recovery. If circumstances permit, such workers shall meanwhile be given some other job consistent
with their state of health and which shall not impede or retard their recovery.

148
CCUPATIONAL HEALTH and WELLNESS PROGRAM:
A. Mandatory (Pls check on the standards for the reference)
1. Annual Physical Examination, P179
2. Substance and Drug Abuse Prevention, Page 277
3. TB Prevention, Page 285
4. HIV AIDS Prevention, Page 259, 319
5. Hepa B Prevention, Page 324
6. Heat Stress
7. Family Planning Programs
8. Program for Long Hours of Standing
9. Programs for Long Hours of Sitting
10. Mental Health Program (RA 11036)
11. COVID 19 Prevention

B. Wellness and Lifestyle Modification

1. Immunization, FLU, Hepa b, tetanus, HPV,
2. Physical Fitness Program
3. Weight Management –BMI Monitoring
4. Smoking Cessation Program
5. Stress Management Program

WAYS TO KEEP US HEALTHY:

1. Diet (white meat, fruits ,vegies, NO to processed Foods/carbonated drinks)
2. Lifestyle
3. Manage Stress
4. Sleep 7-8 hours
5. Exercise
6. Take a break
7. Drink 10-12 glasses of water
8. No to vices
9. Medical Exam/Immunization

COMMON CAUSES OF DEATH OF FILIPINOS –DOH

RANK CAUSE OF DEATH % DEATH RISK FACTORS

1 ▪ CARDIOVASCULAR 54 ▪ SMOKING
CONDITIONS ▪ HIGH FAT DIET
▪ HEART DISEASE ▪ STRESS
▪ STROKE ▪ EXCESSIVE
▪ HYPERTENSION SALT INTAKE
2 ▪ ACCIDENTS 13 ▪ ALCOHOL USE
▪ HAZARDOUS
ACTS
3 ▪ LUNG DISEASES 12 ▪ SMOKING

4 ▪ CANCER 5 ▪ SMOKING
▪ HIGH FAT DIET
5 ▪ OTHER DISEASES 4 ▪ EXPOSURE TO
MALARIA
▪ HIGH FAT DIET

149
 6 LIVER DISEASES 4 ▪ ALCOHOL
▪ HAZARDOUS
WORK
CONDITOINOS
7 SUICIDE/HOMICIDE 4 ▪ ALCOHOL USE
▪ STRESS
▪ RISK TAKING
ETC.
8 DIABETES 3 ▪ OBESITY
▪ SEDENTARY
LIFESTYLE
9 KIDNEY DISEASE 3 ▪ HAZARDOUS
WORK
CONDITIONS

Health as part of Company Culture

▪ FOCUS ON PREVENTIVE HEALTH
▪ PROVIDE HEALTH PROGRAMS THAT ARE ACTUALLY NEEDED
▪ CULTURE THAT PROVIDES A HEALTHY LIFESTYLE

REAL PREVENTION - A NEW HEALTH CARE PARADIGM

▪ FOCUS ON ILLNESS DETECTION AND TREATMENTS
▪ RESPONSIBILITY FOR OWN HEALTH
▪ PROVISION FOR EDUCATION, TOOLS AND RESOURCES – HIGH RISK PEOPLE
▪ PREVENTION STRATEGIES – Personal and Professional levels

MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE

Objective:
Upon completion of the module, participants will be able to:
▪ Discuss medical surveillance and biological monitoring as strategies in determining the health
conditions of workers.
▪ Explain the role of these strategies and how they related with each other in preventing
occupational illnesses.
▪ Describe the different steps in conducting medical surveillance.

Medical screening and medical surveillance are two fundamental strategies for optimizing employee
health and both can contribute significantly to the success of worksite health and safety programs.

Medical screening is, in essence, only one component of a comprehensive medical surveillance
program.

The fundamental purpose of screening is early diagnosis and treatment of the individual and thus has
a clinical focus.

Medical surveillance is the systematic assessment of employees exposed or potentially exposed to

occupational health hazards.

150
This assessment monitors individuals for adverse health effects and determines the
effectiveness of exposure prevention strategies.

Medical Surveillance Program

▪ The fundamental purpose of surveillance is to detect and eliminate the underlying causes such
as hazards or exposures of any discovered trends and thus has a prevention focus.
▪ OSHA "medical surveillance" requirements are generally clinically focused (example: medical
and work histories, physical assessment, biological testing) with information obtained from the
clinical processes used in the monitoring and analysis elements of medical surveillance.
▪ A medical surveillance program includes the analysis of both individual and aggregate
surveillance data over time, with the goal of reducing and ultimately preventing occupational
illnesses from occurring.
▪ It involves health screening that refers to the early detection and treatment of diseases
associated with particular occupations, while workplace health surveillance refers to the
removal of the causative factors.

Facts on Medical Surveillance…

▪ Pre-placement and periodic examinations are dependent upon specific factors cited in the
standard such as airborne concentrations of the substance and/or years of exposure,
biological indices, age of employee, amount of time exposed per year.
▪ Some standards require periodic exams to be conducted at varying time intervals.
▪ Some standards require medical and work history focused on special body systems,
symptoms, personal habits, and/or specific family, environmental or occupational history.
▪ No examination required if previous examination done within specified time frame (e.g., 6
months or 12 months) and provisions of standard met.
▪ Additional physician review: Some standards have provisions for referring employees with
abnormalities to a specialist as deemed necessary by examiner. Other standards have
provisions for multiple physician review.

Medical Surveillance Process

▪ Pre-placement exam
▪ Periodic exam
▪ Emergency/exposure examination and tests
▪ Termination exam
▪ Examination includes special emphasis on the body systems
▪ Pulmonary function test (PFT)
▪ Work and medical history
▪ Chest x-ray
▪ Other required tests
▪ Evaluation of ability to wear a respirator
▪ Additional tests if deemed necessary
▪ Written medical opinion
▪ Employee counseling re: exam results, conditions of increased risk
▪ Medical removal plan

151
 MEDICAL SURVEILANCE REQUIREMENTS
HAZWOPER 1910.120
Pre-placement exam Yes
Periodic exam yes annually or at physicians discretion
Emergency/exposure examination and tests Yes
Termination exam yes - if no exam within six months of
termination or reassignment
Examination includes special emphasis on determine by physician
these body systems
Work and medical history Yes - with emphasis on symptoms related to
handling hazardous substances and health
hazards, fitness for duty and ability to wear PPE
Chest x-ray no - unless determined by physician
Pulmonary function test (PFT) No - unless determined by physician
Other required tests No - unless determined by physician
Evaluation of ability to wear a respirator Yes
Additional test if deemed necessary yes
written medical opinion yes - physician to employer, employer to
employee
Employee counseling Re: exam results, yes - by physician
conditions of increased risk
medical removal plan No

The Joint ILO/WHO Committee on Occupational Health at its 12th Session in 1995 defined an
occupational health surveillance system as “a system which includes a functional capacity for data
collection, analysis and dissemination linked to occupational health programs”.

Purpose of Medical Surveillance

To keep workers healthy and ensure that employers are meeting OSH standards in health.
Its emphasis on prevention: it is designed to detect potential workplace hazards before irreversible
health effects can occur.

Who Are Responsible?

▪ Physicians with expertise in occupational health:

o Assess industrial exposures of workers; including their respiratory protection
o Screen workers with physical examinations, blood testing, spirometry (a measurement
lung function), and audiometry.
▪ Frequency of Examination
o Screenings are performed at set intervals, often annually.

Focus Areas of Medical Surveillance

▪ Medical surveillance targets actual health events or a change in a biologic function of an
exposed person or persons.
o For example, deterioration of the liver function due to exposure to benzene.
▪ Medical surveillance is a second line of defense behind the implementation of direct hazard
controls such as such as engineering controls, administrative controls and personal protective
equipment.

152
Elements of the Medical Surveillance Program
1. Identification of the group(s) of workers for which surveillance or screening activities will be
appropriate.
2. An initial medical examination and collection of medical and occupational histories.
3. Periodic medical examinations at regularly scheduled intervals, including specific medical
screening tests when warranted.
4. More frequent and detailed medical examinations, as indicated on the basis of findings from
these examinations.
5. Post incident examinations and medical screening after uncontrolled or non routine increases
in exposures such as spills.
6. Ongoing data analyses to evaluate collected information for surveillance and/or screening
purposes.
7. Worker training to recognize symptoms of exposure to a given hazard.
8. A written report of medical findings.
9. Employer actions in response to the identification of potential hazards and risks to health.

Different Purpose of Medical Surveillance . . .

To Detect Early Signs of an Illness . .

▪ When the purpose of a medical surveillance program is to detect early signs of work-related
illness and disease, it is considered a type of medical screening.
o Medical screening detect preclinical changes in organ function or changes before a person
would normally seek medical care and when intervention is beneficial The establishment
of a medical screening program should follow established criteria, and specific disease
endpoints must be able to be determined by the test selected.

To Determine Employee Performance…

Medical examinations and tests are used in many workplaces to determine whether an employee is
able to perform the essential functions of the job.

As a Requirement of the Law

▪ Medical surveillance of workers is also required by law when there is exposure to a specific
workplace health hazard, and the OSH standard has a number of standards that require
medical surveillance of workers.
▪ In addition to substance-specific standards, OSHA has standards with broader applicability.
o For example (in the US), employers must follow the medical evaluation requirements of
OSHA's respiratory protection standard (29 C.F.R. 1910.134) when respirators are
necessary to protect worker health.
o Likewise, the OSHA standard for occupational exposure to hazardous chemicals in
laboratories (29 C.F.R. 1910.1450) requires medical consultation following the accidental
release of hazardous chemicals.
o NIOSH also recommends medical surveillance, including screening, of workers when
there is exposure to certain occupational hazards.

Steps . . .
1. Assessment of workplace health hazards
2. Identification of target organ toxicities for each hazard
3. Selection of test for each “screenable” health effect

153
4. Development of action criteria
5. Standardisation of data collection process
6. Performance of testing
7. Interpretation of test results
8. Test confirmation
9. Determination of work status
10. Notification
11. Diagnostic evaluation
12. Evaluation and control of exposure
13. Record keeping

Medical Surveillance Tools

General:
▪ Epidemiological case control studies investigate associations between causative agents and
specific health effects.
▪ Physical examination that assesses the overall well-being of the worker and identify health-
related issues.

Role of Medical Surveillance in the Hierarchy of Prevention

▪ Surveillance is the collection, analysis, and dissemination of results for the purpose of
prevention. Surveillance tells us what our problems are, how big they are, where the solutions
should be directed, how well (or poorly) our solutions have worked, and if, over time, there is
improvement or deterioration.
▪ Surveillance is essential to successful sustained public health intervention for the purposes of
prevention. Surveillance systems must be tailored to the specific disease or injury that is to be
prevented. Surveillance should not be limited to the occurrence of death, disease, or disability.
▪ Public health is a multilevel cascade of activities involving recognition, evaluation, and
intervention. Public health should include elements of experimentation as well as field
implementation with evaluation. Surveillance is the mechanism to modify any element in the
cascade based upon that element's contribution to prevention or lack thereof.
▪ Any element in the causal or intervention pathway is appropriate for surveillance as long as
the monitoring of the element is useful in improving the prevention system. These elements
include the occurrence of hazard and intervention as well as disease, death, or disability.
Examples will be provided that demonstrate the roles of surveillance in the recognition of new
diseases, the evaluation of the persistence of recognized problems, the estimation of the
magnitude and trends of public health problems, and the provision of information to motivate
intervention.
▪ Systematic monitoring of health events and exposures in working populations to prevent and
control occupational hazards and their associated diseases and injuries
▪ Essential Functions
▪ To gather information on cases of occupational diseases/injuries and on workplace exposures
▪ To distill and analyze data
▪ To intervene on the basis of data to alter the factors that produced health events and hazards
▪ To disseminate organized data to necessary parties: workers, unions, employers, government
agencies, the public
▪ Public Health Surveillance:
Population-based
Undertaken by government agencies
▪ Medical Surveillance:
Ongoing application of medical tests and procedures to individual workers who may be at risk
for occupational morbidity to determine whether a disorder may be present

154
 ▪ Can detect patterns of occupational illness in program participants
▪ Medical screening: If an individual/population is exposed to a toxin with known effects and
the tests and procedures are highly targeted to detect the likely presence of one or more
effects in these persons
▪ Hazard Surveillance: monitoring of exposure to chemical agents, physical hazards or
radiation in the workplace

ELEMENTS OF A MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM

(www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/surveillance/)
▪ The elements of a medical surveillance program generally include the following:

▪ Identification of the group(s) of workers for which surveillance or screening activities will be
appropriate.

▪ An initial medical examination and collection of medical and occupational histories.

▪ Periodic medical examinations at regularly scheduled intervals, including specific medical

screening tests when warranted.

▪ More frequent and detailed medical examinations, as indicated on the basis of findings from
these examinations.

▪ Post-incident examinations and medical screening after uncontrolled or nonroutine increases

in exposures such as spills.

▪ Ongoing data analyses to evaluate collected information for surveillance and/or screening
purposes.

▪ Worker training to recognize symptoms of exposure to a given hazard.

▪ A written report of medical findings.

▪ Employer actions in response to the identification of potential hazards and risks to health.

MEDICAL PROGRAM
▪ How can a medical program be considered a Site Control?
▪ Pre-employment exams screen out workers not physically fit to do the work or wear high levels
of protection.
▪ Exams or tests to workers during the work can help evaluate site controls and selection of
PPE.

Are Medical Exams Required?

▪ OSHA 1910.120 requires:
*pre-employment
*annual exams
*exit exams
*when signs or symptoms occur.
▪ Requires baseline and periodic and routine exams for HAZWASTE workers.
▪ Some carcinogen standards require exams.
▪ Respiratory standard requires fitness to wear exam.

155
 ▪ Exams given to determine baselines and medical conditions.

Medical Programs must have:

▪ Treatment.
▪ Record Keeping.
▪ Program Review.
▪ Medical Surveillance.

Part of an Administrative Hazard Control along with industrial hygiene, safety and training.
Employees covered:
1. Those exposed at or above PEL’s for more than 30 days a year.
2. Those who wear a respirator for more than 30 days a year.
3. Those who are injured, become ill or develop signs or symptoms due to
exposures.
4. Members of HAZMAT teams.

CONTENT OF EXAMS
▪ Determined by physicians.
▪ Components:
1. Medical History
2. Occupational History
3. Physical Examination
4. Determination of fitness to work and wear PPE.
5. Baseline monitoring (blood, urine, etc..)

Other Requirements:
▪ Cost- Employer must cover cost.
▪ Must use licensed physicians.
▪ Recordkeeping- Records must be kept for 30 years after termination.

Chemical or Particulate Exposures

▪ Pulmonary Function Testing is a way to measure lung function. It can assist in the early
detection of occupational lung diseases and provides information about the severity and
staging of asthma and other restrictive lung diseases.
o Spirometry tests measure how quickly air can be pushed out from the lungs and is useful
in evaluating diseases that cause obstruction to flow.
o Plethysmography measures lung volume by having the subject perform breathing tests
inside of an air tight box. Flow rates can be measured by asking subjects to blow air out of
the lungs as fast and as hard as possible from their largest inhaled breathe (inspiration) to
the maximum exhaled breathe (expiration). The volume exhaled in the first second is
called the forced expiratory volume in one second (FEV1). These flow rates can be
indicators of disease that cause obstruction to airflow, such as asthma, chronic bronchitis,
and emphysema.

Confidentiality of Information
▪ Most countries have specific regulations for individual health data, which require that the
worker be informed if this information is ever shared with any third party.
▪ Occupational Health Records (OHR) have the same protections as any medical record that
has confidential health information.
▪ Employers must store OHR in a secured area free from unauthorized access, use, or
disclosure.

156
 ▪ Workers should have the right to access this information whenever they wish

Biological Monitoring
▪ Measurement of changes in composition of body fluids, tissue, expired air to determine
absorption of potentially hazardous material

Role of Biological Monitoring

▪ Detects dermal, inhalation and ingestion exposures
▪ Detects non-workplace exposures
▪ Evaluates effectiveness of PPE
▪ Captures worker hygiene, contact rate (e.g. respiration and metabolism variability)

Medical Surveillance
▪ Examination to determine worker’s response to the hazard
▪ Physical examination and laboratory tests directed to target organ involvement

Health hazard Environmental Biological Medical

monitoring monitoring surveillance
Trichloroethylene trichloroethylene in air trichloroacetic acid in liver, kidney, immune
urine system, skin
silica dust silica in air none lung status
noise sound level none screaning for hearing
impairment
m. tuberculosis none none lung status, sputum
examination
lifting of heavy loads observe, measure, none Symptom survey,
document task physical exam, X Ray
studies, etc.

157
Remember:
▪ Can enter the body through different routes
▪ Several factors influence the effects of exposure to industrial substances
▪ Workers may show different responses to exposure to industrial substances
▪ Exposure to industrial substances can be controlled and illnesses/ injuries can be prevented

Summary:
▪ The purpose of medical surveillance in occupational health is prevention of illness.
▪ When illness arises from a particular exposure, medical surveillance is necessary
▪ There are various health effects for every health hazards present in my workplace
▪ We can refer to Safety Data Sheet on the health effects of chemicals used in my workplace
▪ Medical Surveillance and biological monitoring are strategies done to to check for any
abnormalities in the body at physiological and cellular levels.
▪ Safety Officer must clarify the risk of the health hazards before implementing appropriate
control measures to address them
▪ Medical Surveillance has to be followed by preventive action and evaluation of the
effectiveness of intervention

158
Objectives: Upon completion of the module, participants will be able to:
• Describe the basic facts and recent information on CoVid-19
• Recognize CoVid-19 as a workplace issue
• Identify relevant laws and guidelines on CoVid-19

Corona Viruses
• Are a group of related RNA viruses that cause diseases in mammals and birds.
• In humans, these viruses cause respiratory tract infections that can range from mild to lethal.
• Mild illnesses include some cases of the common cold (which is caused also by certain other
viruses, predominantly rhinoviruses), while more lethal varieties can cause SARS, MERS,
and COVID-19.
• Symptoms in other species vary: in chickens, they cause an upper respiratory tract disease,
while in cows and pigs they cause diarrhea.
• There are as yet no vaccines or antiviral drugs to prevent or treat human coronavirus
infections.

The morphology is created by the viral spike peplomers, which are proteins on the surface of the
virus.

They have characteristic club-shaped spikes that project from their surface, which in electron
micrographs create an image reminiscent of the solar corona, from which their name derives.

What is COVID-19??? . . .

COVID-19 is a disease caused by a new strain of coronavirus. ‘CO’ stands for corona, ‘VI’ for virus,
and ‘D’ for disease.

Formerly, this disease was referred to as ‘2019 novel coronavirus’ or ‘2019-nCoV.’ The COVID-19
virus is a new virus linked to the same family of viruses as Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome
(SARS) and some types of common cold.

159
Corona Virus (COVID -19)
What is coronavirus?
▪ A family of viruses affecting respiratory tract
▪ causing disease from common cold to pneumonia
▪ usually lives in bats and other wild animals
▪ transmitted to humans directly, or via other animals
▪ can also transmit between humans via respiratory droplets

Other Affected Organs . . .

• Eyes
• Skin
• Blood Vessels
• Other Internal Organs
Main concern is swelling of these organs . . . .

Coronaviruses are large, mostly spherical, sometimes pleomorphic

(changeable in shape), particles with bulbous surface projections. The average diameter of the virus
particles is around 125 nm (.125 μm). The diameter of the envelope is 85 nm and the spikes are 20 nm
long.

The viral envelope consists of a lipid bilayer, in which the membrane (M), envelope (E) and spike
(S) structural proteins are anchored.

On average, a coronavirus particle has 74 surface spikes.

How do they affect us???

Infection begins when the viral spike (S) glycoprotein attaches to its complementary host cell receptor.
After attachment, a protease of the host cell cleaves and activates the receptor-attached spike protein.
Depending on the host cell protease available, cleavage and activation allows the virus to enter the
host cell by endocytosis or direct fusion of the viral envelop with the host membrane

160
Replication . . .
A number of the nonstructural proteins coalesce to form a multi-protein replicase -transcriptase
complex (RTC).

Transmission . . .
Infected carriers are able to shed viruses into the environment. The interaction of the coronavirus spike
protein with its complementary cell receptor is central in determining the tissue tropism, infectivity,
and species range of the released virus.

Coronaviruses mainly target epithelial cells.

They are transmitted from one host to another host, depending on the coronavirus species, by either
an aerosol, fomite, or fecal-oral route.
Human coronaviruses infect the epithelial cells of the respiratory tract, while animal coronaviruses
generally infect the epithelial cells of the digestive tract.
SARS coronavirus, for example, infects via an aerosol route, the human epithelial cells of the lungs by
binding to the angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 (ACE2) receptor.
Transmissible gastroenteritis coronavirus (TGEV) infects, via a fecal-oral route, the pig epithelial cells
of the digestive tract by binding to the alanine aminopeptidase (APN) receptor.

Epithelial Cells
Cells that line the inner and outer surfaces of the body by forming cellular layers (EPITHELIUM) or
masses.
Epithelial cells lining the SKIN; the MOUTH; the NOSE; and the ANAL CANAL derive from ectoderm;
those lining the RESPIRATORY SYSTEM and the DIGESTIVE SYSTEM derive from endoderm;
others (CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM and LYMPHATIC SYSTEM) derive from mesoderm.

The human coronavirus discovered in 2003, SARS-CoV, which causes severe acute respiratory
syndrome (SARS), has a unique pathogenesis because it causes both upper and lower respiratory
tract infections

COVID 19
As of 10 May 2020, there have been at least 279,313 confirmed deaths and more than
4,024,737 confirmed cases in the
coronavirus pneumonia pandemic.
The Wuhan strain has been identified as a new strain of Betacoronavirus from group 2B with
approximately 70% genetic similarity to the SARS-CoV.
The virus has a 96% similarity to a bat coronavirus, so it is widely suspected to originate from bats as
well. The pandemic has resulted in travel restrictions and nationwide lockdowns in several countries.

161
What are the symptoms of COVID-19? 

Symptoms can include fever, cough and shortness of breath.

In more severe cases, infection can cause pneumonia or breathing difficulties. More rarely, the
disease can be fatal.

162
These symptoms are similar to the flu (influenza) or the common cold, which are a lot more common
than COVID-19.

The virus is transmitted through direct contact with respiratory droplets of an infected person
(generated through coughing and sneezing). Individuals can also be infected from and touching
surfaces contaminated with the virus and touching their face (e.g., eyes, nose, mouth). The COVID-19
virus may survive on surfaces for several hours, but simple disinfectants can kill it.

Who is most at risk??? . . .

Older people, and people with chronic medical conditions, such as diabetes and heart disease, appear
to be more at risk of developing severe symptoms. 

As this is a new virus, we are still learning about how it affects children.

What is the treatment for COVID-19? 

There is no currently available vaccine for COVID-19.
However, many of the symptoms can be treated and getting early care from a healthcare provider can
make the disease less dangerous.
There are several clinical trials that are being conducted to evaluate potential therapeutics for
COVID-19.

Controls . . .
Prevention to impede (avoid) infection
Actions following after an infection (to prevent transmission)

How can the spread of COVID-19 be slowed down or prevented? . . .

As with other respiratory infections like the flu or the common cold, public health measures are critical
to slow the spread of illnesses. Public health measures are everyday preventive actions that include:
▪ Staying home when sick;
▪ Covering mouth & nose with flexed elbow or tissue when coughing or sneezing. Dispose of
used tissue immediately;
▪ washing hands often with soap and water; and
▪ Cleaning frequently touched surfaces and objects.

Infection Prevention and Control of Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19):

Standard Precautions and Use of Personal Protective Equipment

Example Illustration of Prevention and Control of Transmission

(from a Healthcare Standpoint)
▪ Standard precautions Transmission-based precautions
▪ Risk evaluation and PPE
▪ Requirements for the use of PPE

Standard Precautions
“(…) A set of practices that are applied to the care of patients, regardless of the state of infection
(suspicion or confirmation), in any place where health services are provided. (…)”

163
TRANSMISSION BASED PRECAUTION

Considerations . . .
For Effective Infection Control

Transmission-based Precautions and COVID-19

Scenario Precaution
For any suspected or confirmed case of standard plus contact plus droplets
COVID-19 precaution
for any suspected or confirmed case of standard plus contact plus airborne
COVID-19 and aerosole generating precautions
procedure (AGP)

PROPER HYGIENE AND PPE

164
Some questions to consider:
▪ does the infected fulfill case definition criteria for disease?
▪ what type of procedure will the infected undergoing?
▪ where should the infected be located?
▪ What is the infectious agent and its mode of transmission?
▪ Is there any risk of contamination?
▪ What type of PPE will need to be used?

General Principles of PPE:

▪ Hand hygiene should always be performed despite PPE use.
▪ Remove and replace if necessary any damaged or broken pieces of reusable PPE as soon as
you become aware that they are not in full working.
▪ Remove all PPE as soon as possible after completing the care and avoid contaminating the
environment outside the isolation room any other patient or worker or yourself.
▪ discard all items of PPE carefully and perform hand hygiene immediately afterwards.

GLOVES:
▪ Gloves are essential item of PPE and are used to prevent the health care worker from being
exposed to direct contact with the blood or body fluid of an affected patient.
▪ gloves do not replace hand hygiene.
GOWNS AND APRONS:
▪ Gowns are used in addition to clubs if there is risk of fluids or blood from the patient splashing
onto the healthcare workers body.
▪ The same gown can be used when providing care to more than one patient but only those
patients in a cohort area and only if the gown does not have direct contact with the patient.

165
 ▪ Plastic aprons should be used in addition to gowns if the material off the count is not fluid
repellent and the task to be performed may result in splashes onto the health care workers
body.
FACIAL MUCOSA PROTECTION:
▪ Masks, and eye protection, such as eyewear and goggles, are also important pieces of PPE
and are used to protect the eyes, nose or mouth mucosa off the health care worker from any
risk of contact with the patient's respiratory secretions or splashes of blood, body fluids,
secretions or excretions.

Medical Mask:
▪ Where medical mask when within 1 meter range of the patient.
▪ put the patient in a single room or in a room that contains only other patients with the same
diagnosis, or with similar risk factors, and ensure that every patient is separated by at least
one meter.
▪ Ensure that the transportation of a patient areas outside the designated room is kept to a
minimum.
▪ Perform hand hygiene immediately after removing the medical mask.

RESPIRATOR (N95) AIRBORNE PRECAUTION:

▪ Use a respirator whenever entering and providing care within the patient isolation facilities
ensuring that the seal of the respirator is checked before every use.
▪ Perform hand hygiene immediately after removing the respirator.

166
▪ Aerosole generating procedures or AGP.

167
In Summary . . .
▪ The use of personal protective equipment (PPE) requires an evaluation of the risk related to
healthcare-related activities;
▪ The following precautions are recommended for the care of patients with suspected or
confirmed cases of COVID-19:
o For any suspected or confirmed cases of COVID-19
o standard + contact + droplet precautions
o For any suspected or confirmed cases of COVID-19
o standard + contact + airborne precautions

as of February 19, 2020 – subject to change as new evidence become available

TRAVEL ADVISORY DURING PANDEMIC:

▪ Avoid traveling to affected areas unless necessary.
▪ Make sure you have all necessary vaccination and travel medication.
▪ Take advice from your health care provider.
▪ Do not travel if you have fever and cough.
▪ if you become Sick while, traveling seek medical care immediately.

BACKGROUND:
▪ March 8: declaration of state of public health emergency through proclamation number 922.
▪ March 16: implementation of Luzon wide ECQ until April 14

168
 ▪ April 7: extension of the Luzon wide ECQ until April 30
▪ April 23: recommendation of the IATF for the issuance of guidelines by different government
agencies to provide policy directions for the public and stakeholders in complying with
government regulations following the modification of ECQ.

OBJECTIVE AND COVERAGE:

▪ To assist private institutions allowed to operate during the ECQ and GCQ in developing the
minimum health protocols and standards considering the COVID-19 pandemic.
▪ applies to all workplaces, employer, and workers in the private sector.
▪ Aligned with DOH AO 2020-0015 (guidelines on the risk based public health standards for
COVID-19 mitigation; April 27, 2020).

WORKPLACE SAFETY AND HEALTH:

▪ Increasing physical and mental resilience.
▪ Reducing transmission of COVID-19.
▪ Minimizing contact rate.
▪ Reducing risk of infection from COVID-19.

WSH: Increasing Physical and Mental Resilience

1. Emphasize everyday options to stay healthy such as:
a. eat nutritious and well-cooked food,
b. drink plenty of fluids and avoiding alcohol beverages,
c. have adequate rest and at least 8 hours of sleep, and
d. exercise regularly.
2. Enjoin companies to provide free medicines and vitamins; and
3. Provide referral for workers needing counseling or presenting with mental health concerns.

WSH: Reducing transmission of COVID-19 (Prior to entrance in buildings or

workplaces)
a. All employers and workers shall always wear mask, accomplished daily health symptoms
questionnaire, have your temperature checked and recorded, and spray alcohol to both hands
and provide foot bags at the entrance, if applicable.
b. disinfect equipment or vehicle entering the operational hub.
c. instill physical distancing of one meter on queue outside the office or store premises.

WSH: Reducing transmission of COVID-19 (Inside the Workplace)

a. Clean and disinfect at least once every two hours oil work areas, and frequently handled
objects.
b. provide sufficient clean water and soap in all washrooms and toilets.
c. encourage workers to wash hands frequently in avoid touching face.
d. provide sanitizers in corridors, conference areas, elevators, stairways, and areas where
workers pass.
e. Practice physical distancing of 1-meter radius space between workers always.
f. Communal eating is discouraged.
g. Ensure that physical distancing is maintained if anything in dining areas. Dispose waste
properly.

169
 h. clean and regularly disinfect canteen and kitchens.

WSH: Minimizing Contact Rate

1. Adoption of alternative work arrangements-shift work or staggered work hours. WFH
2. discouraged prolonged face to face interaction between workers and the clients.
a. mask should be worn
b. meetings with minimum pax short duration
c. Use video conferencing
3. arrange office tables to maintain properly physical distance.
4. design workstation layout to allow for unidirectional movement in isles, corridors and
walkways.
5. Limit number of people in enclosed space.
a. Elevators should have physical distancing
6. Encourage use of stairs with physical distancing.
7. Highly encourage the use of online system for clients needing assistance from offices
including the use of video conferencing.
8. roving officer shall ensure physical distancing and observance of health protocols.

WSH: Reducing risk of infection from COVID-19 (worker is a COVID-19 Suspect)

a. The worker shall immediately proceed to the designated isolation Area and never
remove his or her mask.
b. Clinic personnel attending to the workers should wear appropriate PPE’s and, if
needed, require the transport of the affected worker to the nearest hospital.
c. PCR testing shall be done and result reported by the hospital to DOH.
d. Decontamination of workplace:
i. work place shall be decontaminated with appropriate disinfectants.
ii. after decontamination of the work area, work can resume after 24 hours.
iii. workers present in the working area with the suspect of COVID-19 worker
shall go one 14 days home quarantine.
WSH: Reducing risk of infection from COVID-19 (worker is sick or has fever,
not COVID-19)
Employer must advise the worker to take prudent measures to limit the spread of the communicable
disease as follows:
i. stay at home and keep away from work or crowds.
ii. take adequate rest and plenty of fluids.
iii. practice personal hygiene to prevent spread of disease.
iv. seek appropriate medical care is there is
a. persistent fever
b. difficulty of breathing
c. weakness

DUTIES OF EMPLOYERS
1. Provide necessary company policies for the prevention and control of COVID-19 in the
consultation with workers.
2. provide resources and materials needed to give the worker healthy in the workplace safe.
(mask, soap, disinfectants, PPE, testing kit).
3. designate a safety officer to monitor COVID-19 prevention and control measures.
4. Enhance health insurance provision for workers.
5. provide shuttle services and or decent accommodation on near site location To lessen travel
and people movement, when possible;

170
 6. enjoin the hiring from the local community.
7. put up a COVID-19 hotline and call Center for employees.

DUTIES OF WORKERS
1. Comply with all workplace measures in place for the prevention and control of COVID-19
(masks, physical distancing, frequent handwashing).
2. Observe proper respiratory etiquette.
3. Cough and sneeze into tissue or into shirt sleeve.
4. Disposed used tissue properly.
5. Disinfect hands immediately after a cough or sneeze.

COVID-19 TESTING
▪ Employers may test workers for COVID-19.
▪ Testing of workers and interpretation of results shall be in accordance with DOH Memorandum
NO. 2020-0180 and Administrative Order No. 2020-0014.

MOST AT RISK WORKERS VULNERABLE GROUPS

▪ Employers are highly encouraged to allow most at risk workers and vulnerable groups to do
some work arrangements.
▪ Most at risk workers > 60 years old or of any age with co morbidities or pre-existing illness.
▪ Work arrangements should be developed to detail the workers deliverables and there shall be
no diminution in wages or benefits.
ASSISTANCE AND REPORTING
▪ DIT and DOLE shall extend assistance and technical support to all workplaces; employers and
workers in complying with guidelines.
▪ The employer shall provide the DOLE through its regional office, copy furnished the DOH,
monthly reporting of illness, disease and injuries utilizing the DOLE work accident/illness
report form (WAIR).

171
Summary:
▪ CoVid-19 can be prevented
▪ Policy and program on CoVid-19 is important to promote, protect, and monitor
the safety and health of workers

172
DOH Department Memorandum 2020-0220
Interim Guidelines on the Return-to Work

173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
 Mini
Intervention mum
requi
reme
nt by
settin
g
A. Home B. Public Places C. High- D. Offices/ E. Food and Other
Densit Workplaces Service
y Establishments
Comm
unities
1. INCREASE PHYSICAL AND MENTAL RESILIENCE

1.1 Respiratory Hygiene Practice Practice respiratory Practice respiratory Practice rcspiratory Practice rcspiratory
and Cough Etiquette respiratory etiquette at all times. etiquette at all times. etiquette at all limes. etiquette at all times.
etiquette at all Use tissue or the Use tissue or the Use tissue or the Use tissue or the
times. Use inner portion of the inner portion of the inner portion of the inner portion of the
tissue or the elbow to cover the elbow to cover the elbow to cover the elbow to cover the
inner portion of nose and mouth nose and mouth nose and mouth nose and mouth
the elbow to when when when when sneezing.
cover the nose sneezing/coughing. sneezing/coughing. sneezing/coughing. Practice proper
and mouth Practice proper Practice proper Practice proper disposal of
when disposal of tissue disposal of‘ tissue disposal of‘ tissue tissue after use.
sneezing/coughi after use. after use. aftcr use.
ng. Engineering
Engineering E nginccring Control: None
Practice Engineering Control:
proper Control: N one Control: None
disposal of None Administrative Administrative
Administrative Administrative Control: Owners
tissue after
use. Control: Control: Control: may provide tissues
None None Employers may iii strategic places
Engineering provide within the
Control: hone PPE: Cloth mask for PPE: Cloth mask tissues within easy establishment
general public or for general public reach in all
Administrative surgical mask for or surgical mask workstations and PPE: Cloth mask for

184
 Control: symptomatic for asymptomatic communal space general public or
None individuals if going to individuals surgical mask for
a health facility. P9E: public or surgical symptomatic
PPE; Cloth mask for individuals
mask for general symptomatic
public or surgical individuals
mask for
symptomatic
individuals

1.2 Promote Mental Health Health Health emergencies Health emergencies Health emergencies Health emergencies
emergencies can put people in can put people in can put people in can put people in
can put people extreme stress. extreme stress. extreme stress. extreme stress.
in extreme Individuals may Individuals may i ndividuals may Individuals may
stress. reach out to a reach out to families reach out to a reach out to a
Individuals may professional through and friends or a professional professional through
reach out to the telemedicine mental health through the the telephone
families and hotlines professional through telemedicine hotlines
friends or a the telemedicine hotlines
mental health Engineering hotlines Engineering Control:
professional Control: None Engineering None
through the Control: None
telemedicine
hotlines

185
 Engineering Administrative Engineering Control: Administrative Administrative
Control: None Control: None Control: Control: Owners
None Emp1oyers must must provide mental
Administ Administrative providing mental and psychosocial
rative PPE: None Control: None and psychosocial support such as but
Control: support such as not limited to
None PPE: None but not limited to in-house counseling
providing sessions, online
PPE: None mindfulness counseling, and
activities/ sessions, support groups to
in-house counseling its employees
sessions, online
counseling, and Owners to promote
support groups to work-life balance
its employees through proper
scheduling of
Employers to activities and
promotc work- rotation of workforce
life balance
through proper PPE: None
scheduling of
activities and
rotation of
workforce

PPE: None
1.3 Reduce exposure of Elderly, Elderly, individuals Elderly, individuals Elderly, individuals Elderly,
vulnerable individuals (e.g., individuals with underlying with underlying with underlying individuals with
senior citizens, individuals with conditions, and conditions, and conditions, and underlying
with underlying health underlying pregnant women pregnant women pregnant women conditions, and
conditions) to prevent conditions, must stay at home living in high- may be asked not to pregnant women
infection and pregnant and limit their travel density physically report to may be asked not
women must to essential or communities must work to report to work
stay at home urgent needs stay at home and
and limit their limit their travel to
travel to essential or urgent

186
essential or Engineering needs Engineering Engineering
urgent needs. Control: None Control: None Control: None
They Engineering Control:
should also Administrative None Administrative Administrative
minimize Consol: LGUs nd Control: Control: Owners
their estabishmcnt Administrative Employers must must designate
exposure owners must Control: provide alternative specific lanes or
from designate specific None work arrangements areas for the elderly,
individuals lanes or areas for to the elderly, individuals with
who the elderly, PPE: Cloth mask individuals with underlying
frequently individuals with for public or underlying conditions, and
leave the underlying surgical mask for conditions, and pregnant women
house. conditions, and symptomatic pregnant women within the
pregnant women in individuals for the duration of establishment
public places COVID- 19 health
Engineering event PPE: Cloth mask for
Control: None general

Administrativ
e Control:
Daily
monitoring of
individuals at
risk; and
contingency
planning by
the
household for
accessing
healthcare or
purchasing of

187
 medication from LG Us must provide public or surgical
pharmacy in case of transpori services PPE: Cloth mask for mask for
emergency. to health facilities general public or symptomatic
for vulnerable surgical mask for individuals
PPE: Cloth mask for groups needing symptomatic
general public or health care. individuals
surgical mask for
symptomatic PPE: Cloth mask
individuals for general public
or surgical mask for
symptomatic
individuals
1.4 f'rovisioa of N/A Engineering N/A Engineering Engineering
support for essential Control: None Control: Provision of Control:
workforce (ez: temporary Provision of
financial, lodging, Administrative accommodations to temporary
shuttle, food,etc.) Control: Provision employees, if accommodati
of financial, necessary ons to
transportation, employees, if
food, and other Administrative nccessary
services as needed Control: Provision
of financial, Administrative
PPE: Cloth mask for transportation, Control:
general public, or food, and other Provision of
medical-grade services to financial,
protective apparel, employees as transportation,
depending on the needed food, and other
intended user services as
{personnel needed
managing PPE: Cloth mask for
checkpoints, general public, or PPE: Cloth mask for
monitoring of public medical-grade general public, or
spaces) and setting protective apparel, medical-grade
depending on the protective apparel,
intended depending on the
user/sening intended user/setting

188
1.5 Provision of Provision of benefits under the Social Amelioration Program to qualified beneficiaries as determined by
support for vulnerable DSWD Memorandum Circular No. 04, Series of 2020
groups (ex. Social LGUs may further extend their support to other vulnerable groups (e.g. PW Ds, women, IPs, IDPs,
Amelioration among others) as may be deemed necessary Other NGAs shall continue or may further expand
Programs, Food their assistance to the vulnerable groups as part of their mandates.
Assistance) Private sector may also provide additional assistance and support to MARPs and vulnerable groups

2. REDUCE TRANSMISSION

2.1 Personal Individuals must Individuals must Individuals living in Individuals must Individuals must wash
Hygiene (e.g. wash their hands wash their hands high-density wash their hands their hands with soap
handwashing with with soap and with soap and water communities must with soap and water and water regularly or
soap and water, water regularly or regularly or use wash their hands with regularly or use hand use hand disinfectants
saoitizing with haad use hand hand disinfectants soap and water disinfectants
disinfectants, etc.) disinfectants regularly or use hand Engineering Control:
Engineering disinfectants Engineering Placement of
Engineering Control: Placement Control: Placement handwashing
Control: None of makeshift Engineering Control: of handwashing facilities, hand
handwashing facilities, hand sanitizers, and
Administrative facilities, hand None Administrative sanitizers, and dispensers with an
Control: None sanitizers and dispensers with an alcohol-based
dispcnscrs with an Control: alcohol-based solution in all
PPE: None alcohol-bascd None solution in all entrances and
solution in all public entrances, exits, facilities
places , (i.e. areas PPE: None areas with high foot
with high foot traffic, traffic and facilities Administrative
transportation Control: Owners must
systems) Administrative ensure daily
Control: Employers monitoring and
Administrative must ensure daily availability of hand
Control: Ensure monitoring and soaps, sanitizers, and
routine availability of hand other disinfectants
monitoring and soaps, sanitizers, within the
replacement of and other establishment

189
 hand soaps, disinfectants in
sanitizers, and restrooms and in all PPE: None
other entrances and
disinfectants in all facilities
public placcs
PPE: None
PPE: None
2.2 Environmental Disinfection of Disinfection of Disinfection of Disinfection of Disinfection of
Hygiene (e.g. frequently touched frequently touched frequently touched frequently touched frequently touched
disinfecting surfaces surfaces such as surfaces and surfaces such as but surfaces and surfaces and objects
aad objects) but not limited to objects using 0.5% not limited to tables, objects such as but such as but not
tables, doorknobs, blcach solution doorknobs, light not limited to tables, limited to tables,
light switches, (100 mL Bleach, switches, phones, switches, switches, doorknobs,
phones, toilets, 900 mL water) at toilets, among others doorknobs, and and workstations
among others using least twice a day using 0.5% bleach workstations using using 0.5% bleach
0.5% bleach solution (100 mL 0.5% bleach solution (100 mL
solution (100 mL Disinfection of Bleach, 900 mL solution (100 mL Bleach, 900 mL
Bleach, 900 mL purchased items watcr) Bleach, 900 mL water) at least once
water) water) at least once a day
Engineering Engineering a day
Engineering Control: Placement Engineering
Control: None of foot baths in all Control: None Engineering Control: Control: Placement
entrances (1:10 Placement of foot of foot baths in all
Administrative bleach Administrative baths in all entrances (1:10
Control: entrances (1:10 bleach
Control bleach

190
 None solution; 1 litre None solution; 1 litre solution; 1 litre
bleach miied with 9 bleach mixed with 9 bleach mixed with 9
PPE: None litres of clean water) PPE: None litres of clean water) litres of clean
water)s
Administrative Administrative
Control: Placement Control: Ensure Administrative
of signs reminding routine cleaning of Control: Ensure
the general public to frequently touched routine cleaning of
minimize touching surfaces and frequently touched
of surfaces in public objects, and routine surfaces and
places cleaning and objects, and routine
replacement of cleaning and
Ensure routine disinfectant replacement of
cleaning of solutions in foot disinfectant
frequently touched baths solutions in foot
surfaces and baths
objects, and routine PPE: None
cleaning and PPE: None
replacement of
disinfectant
solutions in foot
baths

PPE: None
2.3 Use of PPE Engineering Engineering Engineering Engineering Engineering
and other Control: None Control: None Control: None Conrrol: None Control: None
medical-grade
protective Administrative Administrative Administrative Administrative Administrative
apparel Control: Control: Control: Control: Control: Owners
None None None Management shall shall allocatc
allocatc appropriate
PPE: Individuals with PPE: Healthy or PPE: Individuals appropriate PPEs PPEs to
flu-like symptoms Asymptomatic living in high- to employees (i.e., employees (i.e.,
must wear a Individuals shall density essential essential
medical-grade mask use cloth face eorrimunities must workforce) on workforce) on
at all times (and the masks in public wear cloth face duty, dcpending duty, depending

191
 elderly or people places. masks when on the nature of on the nature of
with underlying leaving the work and contact work and contact witH
conditions) Individuals with household with the general thc
suspected flu-like public. general public.
symptoms, or Individuals with
are feeling sick suspected flu-like PPE: Healthy or PPE: Individuals
must wear symptoms must Asymptomatic may use cloth face
medical-grade wear medical-grade Individuals shall masks when going
mask at all times mask at all times use cloth face to restaurants and
if they go outside masks. other
establishments

3. REDUCE CONTACT

3.1 Practicing Practice physical Engineering lf possible, Engineering Engineering Control:

physical Distancing distancing (at Control: practice physical Control: Installation of temporary
least 1 meter Placement of distancing (at Installation of barriers in front desks,
apart) in red marking least I meter temporary barricrs counters, etc.
communal areas tapes on the apari) in between cubicles
(e.g. living room, floor to guide communal areas Placement of red marking
dining room, etc.) individuals to (e.g. living room, Administrative tapes on the floor to guide
stay at least dining room, etc.) Control: individuals to stay at least
Engineering onemcerapafl Employers must one meter apart from each
Control: None komcach other Engineering limit face to face other when ordering for food
Control: None meetings as much at the counter
Administrative Administrative as possible and
Control: Control: Administrative adopt WFH Administrative Control:
None Limitation on the Control: None arrangements. Limitation on the number of
number of people people inside the
PPE: Cloth mask inside the PPE: Cloth Allow flexible establishment
for general public establishment mask for dining policy in the
or surgical mask general public work space/cubicle PPE: Cloth mask for general
for symptomatic PPE: Cloth mask or surgical during lunch public or surgical mask for
individuals for general public mask for break; OR limit the symptomatic individuals
or surgical mask symptomatic number of
for symptomatic individuals individuals who
individuals can eat in the

192
pantry at a given
time.

If WFH are not

possible, practice
physical distancing
in the workplace
(at least one meter
apart from each
co-worker)

Employers provide
cloth masks to
employees.

PPE: Cloth
mask for
general public
or surgical
mask for
symptomatic
individuals

193
3.2 Modified Work N/A N/A N/A Engineering Engineering Control: None
Structures and Control: None
Schedules, and Administrative Control:
alternative work Administrative Owners should provide
arrangements Control: Employers modified alternative
should provide structures and arrangements
modified (e.g. online transactions and
alternative pick-up, drop-off points,
structures and delivery services. etc.)
arraagerneats
PPE: Cloth mask for general
PPE: Cloth public or surgical mask for
mask for symptomatic individuals
general public
or surgical
mask for
symptomatic
individuals

194
3.3 Limitation of non- N/A N/A N/A N/A Engineering
essential services Control: None

Administrative
Control: Owners
should provide
modified alternative
structures and
arrangements for
transactions (i.e. pick-
up, delivery, drop-o8
points,
online tmnsactions,
etc.)

PPE: Cloth mask for

general public or
surgical mask for
symptomatic
individuals
3.4 Restriction on N/A Engineering Engineering Engineering Engineering
Mass Control: None Control: None Control: None Control: None
Gatherings
Administrative Adrainistrative Administ:rative Administrative
Control: Limitation Control: Control: Control: Limitation
on the number of None Suspension of on the foot traffic
people in public office meetings, within the
places PPE: Cloth mask for conferences, and establishment
other large
gatherings
PPE: Cloth mask for general public or PPE: Cloth mask for
general surgical general
public or surgical mask for PPE: Cloth mask for public or surgical
mask for symptomatic general public or mask for
symptomatic individuals surgical symptomatic
individuals individuals

195
4. REDUCE DURATION OF INFECTION

4.1 Detection and Individuals with flu- Individuals with flu- If possible, Engineering Control: Individuals with flu-
isolation of like symptoms must like symptoms must Individuals with flu- None like symptoms must
Symptomatic be isolated in a not go to any semng like symptoms must not go to any setting
Individuals tat home separate room or except for be isolated in a Administrative Control: except for
or in designated area within the health-related separate room or Employers must subject health-rclated
community household concerns, if area witfun the all employees to concerns, if virtual
quarantine facilities) virtual household or a temperature checks prior consultation is not
Engineering consultation is not community to entering the building/ possible.
Control: None possible. quarantine/ isolation office spaces and proper
facility when made referral to appropriate Engineering Control:
Administrative Engineering Control: available by the facility for symptomatic None
Control: None None LGU employees
Administrative
PPE: Cloth mask for Administrative Engineering Employers must monitor Control: Owners
general public or Control: Placement Control: None all employees daily to must subject all
surgical mask for of standard symptom ensure proper detection customers to
symptomatic and temperature Adzainistrative of employees with temperature checks
individuals checks in Control: None symptoms prior to entering the
strategically located establishment
areas in public PPE: Cloth mask Employees with mild flu-
places and proper for general public like symptoms shall PPE: Cloth mask for
referral of all or surgical mask adopt a work from home general public or
individuals with for symptomatic (WFH) arrangement for surgical mask for
symptoms of ILI individuals the duration of COVID- 19 symptomatic
health event PPE: Cloth individuals
PPE: Cloth mask for mask for general public
general or surgical mask for
public or surgical symptomatic individuals
mask for
symptomatic
individuals

196
 Minimum
Intervention Requirements by
Settings (cont.)
F. Schools G. Hotels and other H. Transportation I. Churches / J. Prisons and other places
and Places of
Ports of Entry
1. INCREASE PHYSICAL AND MENTAL RESILIENCE

1.1 Respiratory Practice respiratory Practice respiratory Practice respiratory Practice respiratory Practice respiratory etiquette
Hygiene and Cough etiquette at all etiquette at all times. etiquette at all etiquette at all times. at all times. Use tissue or
Etiquette times. Use tissue or Use tissue or inner times. Use tissue or Use tissue or inner inner portion of elbow to
inner portion of portion of elbow to inner portion of portion of elbow to cover nose and mouth when
elbow to cover cover nose and elbow to cover nose cover nose and sneezing/coughing
nose and mouth mouth when and mouth when mouth when
when sneezing/coughing sneezing/coughing sneezing/coughing Engineering Control: hone
sneezing/coughing
Engineering Control: Engineering Control: Engineering Control: Administrative Control:
Engineering Control: None None None Owners must provide tissues
None within the establishment
Administrative Administrative Administrative
,Administrative Control: Hotel Control: None Control: None PPE: Cloth mask for general
Control: School Management may Management may public or surgical mask for
administration may provide tissues and provide tissues and PPE: Cloth mask for symptomatic individuals
provide tissues and alcohol hand rub in alcohol rub in general public or
alcohol hand rub in communal areas entrances and exits surgical mask for
entrances, corridors and amenities. All and along waiting. symptomatic
and other communal toilet facilities A11 toilet facilities individuals
areas. All toilet should have should have
facilities should adequate wafer and adequate water
have adequate soap for and soap for
water and soap for handwashing. handwashing.
handwashing.
PPE: Cloth mask for PPE: Cloth mask for
PPE: for general general public or general public or
public or surgical surgical mask tor surgical mask for
mask for symptomatic symptomatic
symptomatic individuals individuals
individuals
1.2 Promote Mental health HEALTH Health emergencies Health HEALTH emergencies can
Health emergencies can emergencies can can put people in emergencies can put people in extreme
put people in put people in extreme stress. put people in stress.
extreme stress. extreme stress. Individuals may extreme stress. Services to support mental
Individuals may Services to reach out to a Individuals may health must be made

197
 reach out to a support mental professional through reach out to a available.
professional health must be the telemedicine professional through
through the made available. hotlines the telemedicine Engineering Control: None
telemedicine hotlines
hotlines Engineering Control: Engineering Control:
None None Engineering Control:
Engineering Control: None
None

Administrative Administrative Administrative Administrative Administrative Control:

Control: Control: Control: None Control: None Management must provide
Administrators Management must Management can mental and psychosocial
must provide provide mental institute activities support such as but not
PPE: None limited to in-house
mental and and psychosocial promoting mental
psychosocial support such as wellbeing and counseling sessions and
support such as but not limited to overall health to support groups to
but not limited to in-house their constituents employees and inmates
in-house counseling including online
counseling sessions, online programs and
PPE: None
sessions, online counseling, and counseling.
counseling, support groups to Communal online
support groups, its employees prayer activities
etc.
PPE: None
PPE: None PPE: None
1.3 Reduce exposure Engineering Engineering Engineering Control: Engineering Engineering Control: None
of vulnerable individual, Control: None Control: None None Control: None
senior citizens,
individuals with Administrative Control:
underlying health Administrative Administrative Administrative Administrative Availability of designated
conditions) to prevent Control: School Control: Control: Operators Control: Officiators lanes or areas for the
infection administrators Availability of and drivers may and religious elderly, individuals with
may offer designated areas designate a specific leaders may underlying conditions, and
alternative or facilities for the area for the elderly, designate a pregnant women.
arrangements to elderly, individuals individuals with specific area for
underlying conditions.

198
 personnel who are with underlying and pregnant women the elderly,
elderly, with conditions, and within the vehicle and individuals with
PPE: Cloth mask for general
underlying pregnant women. waiting area. underlying
public or surgical mask for
conditions, and conditions, and
symptomatic individuals
pregnant. pregnant women in
PPE: Cloth mask for
the place of
PPE: Cloth mask general public or
worship or offer
If alternative for general public surgical mask for
alternative ways of
arrangements are symptomatic
or surgical mask participation (e.g.
not possible, individuals
for symptomatic online, recorded
designated areas individuals mass, etc.)
in communal
areas must be
available to high- PPE: Cloth mask
risk groups for general public
or surgical mask
for symptomatic
individuals
PPE: Cloth mask
for general public
or surgical mask
for symptomatic
individuals
1.4 Provision of support Engineering Engineering Engineering Control: Engineering Control:
for essential workforce Control: Provision Control: Provision Provision of Provision of temporary
(ex: financial, lodging, of temporary of temporary temporary accommodations to
shuttle, food,etc.) accommodations accommodations accommodations to employees, if necessary
to employees, if to employees, if employees, if
necessary necessary necessary

199
 Administrative Administrative Administrative Administrative Control: Provision
Control: Provision Control: Provision Control: Provision of financial, transportation, food,
of financial, of financial, of financial,
transportation, food, transportation, food, transportation, food, PPE: Cloth mask for general
public, or medical-grade protective
PPE. Cloth mask PPE: Cloth mask PPE: Cloth mask apparel, depending on the intended
for general public, for general public, for general public, user/setting
or medical-grade or medical-grade or medical-grade
protective apparel, protective apparel, protective apparel,
depending on the depending on the depending on the
intended intended intended
user/setting user/setting user/setting
1.5 Provision of Provision of benefits under the Social Amelioration Program to qualified beneficiaries as determined by DSWD
support for Memorandum Circular No. 04, Series of 2020
vulnerable groups LGUs may further extend their support to other vulnerable groups (e.g. PWDs, women, TPs, IDPs, among others)
(ex. Social as may be deemed necessary Other NGAs shall continue or may further expand their assistance to the
Amelioration vulnerable groups as part of their mandates.
Programs, Food Private sector may also provide additional assistance and support to MARPs and vulnerable groups
Assistance)
2. REDUCE
TRANSMISSION
2.1 Personal Engineering Engineering Engineering Engineering Engineering Control: Placement
Hygiene (e.g. Control: Control: Control: Control: of handwashing stations, hand
handwashing Placement of Placement of Placement of hand Placement of hand sanitizers, and dispensers with an
with soap and handwashing handwashing sanitizers and sanitizers and alcohol-based solution in all
water, sanitizing stations, hand stations, hand dispensers with an dispensers with an rooms, communal areas, and
with hand sanitizers, and sanitizers, and alcohol-based alcohol-based amenities
disinfectants, dispensers with an dispensers with an solution in all solution at
etc.) alcohol-based alcohol-based vehicles, LRT/MRT, strategic entry
solution in all solution in all bus and train points
rooms, communal rooms, communal stations, and in all
areas, and areas, and exits and
amenities amenities entrances.
especially eating
areas.

200
 Administrative Administrative Administrative Control: Ensure
Administrative Control: Ensure Administrative Control: Ensure routine monitoring and
Control: Students routine monitoring Control: Ensure routine monitoring replacement of hand soaps,
and teachers must and replacement of routine monitoring and replacement sanitizers, and other disinfectants
perform regular and hand soaps, and replacement of of hand soaps, in all strategic entry points
thorough sanitizers, and hand soaps, sanitizers, and
handwashing with other disinfectants sanitizers, and other
soap and in all rooms and other disinfectants in all
water. Allot a public areas disinfectants in all strategic entry
specific period of exits and points
time for entrances.
handwashing.
PPE: None PPE: None PPE: None
Hand sanitizers or PPE: None
alcohol-based
solutions must be
available in all
classroom
or school facilities

Ensure routine
monitoring and
replacement of
hand soaps,
sanitizers, and
other disinfectants
in all classrooms,
restrooms, etc.

PPE: None
2.2 Environmental Disinfection of Regular disinfection of Disinfection of Regular disinfection of Disinfection of surfaces and
Hygiene tables, surfaces that are
often touched by
passengers using
0.5% bleach
solution (100 mL
Bleach, 900 mL
water) at least

201

(e.g. disinfecting surfaces
and objects, waste
management, proper
disposal of infectious
wastes)
every two hours
Engineering
Control:
Placement of foot
baths in all
entrances (1:10
bleach solution; I
litre bleach mixed
with 9 litres of
clean water)
Administrative
Control: Ensure
routine cleaning
of frequently
touched surfaces
and objects, and
routine cleaning
and replacement
of disinfectant
solutions in foot
baths
PPE: None
doorknobs, desks, rooms, front desks, chairs, tables, cloths, frequently touched surfaces using 0.5%
and school items counters, and other relics, and other bleach solution (100 mL Bleach, 900 niL
using 0.5% bleach frequently touched equipment using 0.5% water) at least twice a day
solution (100 mL surfaces and objects bleach solution (100
such as key cards, mL Bleach, 900 mL
Bleach, 900 mL
door water)
water) at least twice handlesfknobs,
a day elevator
buttons, among others Engineering Control: Engineering Control: Placement of foot
Engineering using 0.5% bleach Placement of foot baths baths in all entrances (1:10 bleach
Control: solution (100 mL in all entrances (1:10 solution; 1 litre bleach mixed
Placement of foot Bleach, 900 mL water) bleach
solution; 1 litre bleach
baths in all
mixed
entrances (1:10
bleach
202
solution, I litre Engineering Control: with S litres of clean with 9 litres of clean water)
bleach mixed Placement of foot baths water)
with 9 litres of clean in all
water)
entrances (1:10 bleach Administrative Control: Administrative Control:
Administrative solution; 1 litre bleach Ensure routine cleaning Ensure routine cleaning of
Control: mixed of
Ensure routine with 9 litres of clean frequently touched frequently touched surfaces
cleaning of water) surfaces
frequently touched and objects, and and objects, and routine
surfaces Administrative Control: routine cleaning and replacement of disinfectant
and objects, and Ensure routine cleaning cleaning and solutions in foot
routine cleaning of replacement of
disinfectant solutions in
and replacement of foot
disinfectant frequently touched baths baths
solutions in foot surfaces
baths and objects, and
routine
cleaning and PPE: done PPE: None
PPE: None replacement of
disinfectant solutions in
foot
baths

Ensure implementation
of
proper food preparation
and
handling.

PPE: Surgical masks

for front desk/concierge
staff/staff stationed at
entry points and at the
lobby.

Mouth cover and

gloves for food
preparers and handlers
in the kitchen,

203
 buffet/hotel restaurants

2.3 Use of PPE and other Engineering Engineering Control: Engineering Engineering Control: Engineering Control: done
medical-grade protective Control: None None Control: None None Administrative
apparel Control: Administrative Control: Governing body
Administrative Administrative Control: Administrative with jurisdiction over prisons shall
Hotel Management PPE: Attendees may appropriate funds to provide PPEs to its
Control: School Control: Nonc
shall allocate wear cloth face masks essential employees and inmates
administrators shall appropriate PPEs to its during mass and other
allocate appropriate hotel staff(e.g. PPE: Drivers, religious gatherings
PPEs to teachers, concierge, Barbers, and
canteen vendors, maintenance, guards, conductors who
maintenance, and etc) are in contact with
security guards. passengers must
wear cloth masks
at all times
PPE: Hotel staff who PPE: Provision of cloth face masks for
PPE: School are in contact with Personnel inmates and detained individuals
personnel who are guests (security manning exits and
in contact with guards, concierge, entrances and
maintenance, etc.)
students and school must wear cloth masks those with high
staff(security at all times exposure to
guards, people entering
maintenance crew, must wear
canteen handlers, surgical mask
etc.) must wear
cloth masks at all
times
3. REDUCE CONTACT

3.1 Practicing Physical Practice physical Practice physical Practice physical Practice physical Engineering Control: Placement of
Distancing distancing (at least I distancing (at least I distancing (at distancing (at least 1 temporary barriers between inmates and
meter apart) in all meter apart) in all least 1 meter meter apart) in all non-residents
communal areas areas apart) in all areas areas
Engineering Engineering Control: Engineering Engineering Control:
Control: None Placement of red Control: Placement of marks to
marking tapes on the Placement of guide attendees during Administrative Control: Practice physical
Administrative floor of front desks, marks or communion or offertary distancing
buffet, and other services and
Control: Restriction temporary
on mass barriers in buses,

204
 trains

gatherings that will amenities to guide temporary barriers to in all communal areas
require close guests to stay at least separate attendees
contact (e.g. school one meter apart from Administrative Temporarily suspend visitation privileges
activities, flag each other Control: Administrative Control: or provide alternative mechanisms (e.g.
If possible, religious online visitations)
ceremony if Passengers must
Installation of authorities should
physical distancing temporary barriers in keep a safe release guidelines Limit conduct of group activities within
is not possible, etc.) concierge, front desks, distance from modifying religious the facility
etc. other passengers practices to limit close
Provide platforms contact, maintain Isolate symptomatic individuals
for online learning, Administrative Control: Limitation on the physical distancing,
adjustment of Limitation on the number of and PPE: Cloth mask for general public or
teaching methods number of guests passengers in prevent cross- surgical mask for symptomatic
and schedules to inside the hotel, public contamination of individuals
amenities (pool, buffet, frequently touched
allow for physical transportation
etc.), and other public surfaces and religious
distancing. places including buses, objects.
jeepney, taxi,
PPE: Cloth mask PPE: Cloth mask for tricycles, and Limitation on the
for general public or general public or trains. number of attendees in
surgical mask for surgical mask for churches and places of
symptomatic symptomatic Restrict worship. But if possible,
individuals individuals motorcycle- implement online
sharing public religious services until
transportation further notice.
system PPE: Cloth mask for
general public or
PPE: Cloth mask surgical mask for
for general public symptomatic
or surgical mask individuals
for symptomatic
individuals
3.2 Modified Work Engineering Engineering Control: N/A N/A N/A
Structures and Control: None None
Schedules, and
alternative work Administrative Administrative Control:
arrangements Administrators should
Control: provide modified
Administrators alternative structures
should provide and arrangements

205
 modified alternative
structures and PPE: Cloth mask for
arrangements general public or
surgical mask for
symptomatic
PPE: Cloth mask
individuals
for general public or
surgical mask for
symptomatic
individuals
3.3 Limitation of non- N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
essential services
3.4 Restriction on Mass Engineering Engineering Control: Engineering Engineering Control: Engineering Control: None
Control: None None Control: None None
Administrative Control: None
Administrative Administrative Control: Administrative Administrative Control:
Limitation on the Provide multiple PPE: Cloth mask for general public or
Control: Restriction number of reservations Control: schedule of services or surgical mask for symptomatic
on large gatherings to control the number Limitation on the alternative practices to individuals
(e.g. school of guests in the hotel number of limit the number of
activities, field trips, passengers in attendees in religious
sports festivals, and PPE: Cloth mask for vehicles, buses, services
flag ceremony, if general public or trains, and other
physical distancing surgical mask for public PPE: Cloth mask for
is not possible, etc.) symptomatic transportation general public or
individuals surgical mask for
symptomatic
PPE: Cloth mask PPE: Cloth mask
individuals
for general public or for general public
surgical mask for or surgical mask
s ptomatic for symptomatic
individuals individuals
d. REDUCE DURATION FECTION
OF IN
Detection and isolation of School Engineering Control: Individuals with Engineering Control: Engineering Control: None
Symptomatic Individuals administrators must None fin-like symptoms None
(e.g. the mp4•rature provide alternative must not go to Administrative Control: Immediate
scanning at entry Managements for Administrative Control: any setting except Administrative Control: isolation of suspected, probable, and
points, symptom Hotel Management Officiators and confirmed cases in designated areas
students, teachers, for
monitoring, etc.) must subject all guests Religious Leaders must within the facility
and personnel (e.g. and employees to health-related subject all attendees to
online temperature checks concerns, if temperature checks
meetings/classes, prior to entering the virtual prior to entering the PPE: Cloth mask for general public or

206
recorded classes, hotel consultation is place of worship surgical mash for symptomatic
etc) with flu-like not possible. individuals
symptoms PPE: Cloth mask for
general public or Engineering PPE: Cloth mask for
surgical mask for general public or
Engineering Control: None
symptomatic surgical mask for
Control: None individuals symptomatic
Administrative individuals
Administrative Control:
Control: School Operators and
administrators and drivers must
teachers must subject
subject all students passengers to
and personnel to temperature
temperature checks checks prior to
prior to entering the entering public
classrooms and transportation
facilities. (e.g. buses and
trains)
PPE: Cloth mask
for general public or PPE: Cloth mask
surgical mask for for general public
asymptomatic or surgical mask
individuals for symptomatic
individuals

207
Annex B. Risk Severity Grading and Risk-based Public
Health Standards

OBJECTIVE NO. 1 Increase Physical and Mental Resilience

Respiratory IJygicnc and Must Do Must Do Must Do

Cough Etiquette

Promote Mental I lealth Must Do Must Do Must Do

Reduce exposure of CanDo Must Do Must Do

vulnerable individuals (e.g.,
senior citizens, individuals
with underlying health
conditions) to prevent
infection
Provision of‘ support for Can Do Must Do Must Do
essential workforce (ex:
financial, lodging, shuttle,
food,ctc.)

Provision of support for Can Do Must Do Must Do

vulnerablc groups (ex.
Social Amelioration
Programs, Food
Assistance)
OBJECTIVE NO. 2 Reduce Transmission

Personal Hygicne (e.g. Must Do just Do Must De

handwashing with soap and
water, sanitizing with hand
disinfectants, etc.)

Environmental Hygiene Must Do Must Do

(e.g. disinfecting surfaces
and objects)

Use of PPE and other Can Do Must Do Must Do

medical-gradc protective
apparcl

OBJECTIVE NO.3 Reduce Contact

Physical Distancing Must Do Must Do Must Do

208
 Modified Work Structures Can Do Must Do Must Do
a»d Schedules, and
alternative work
arrangements
Limitation on non-essential Can Do Must Do Must Do

’ Takes into account the case doubling rate and critical care utilization rate

Limitation of non-essential Can Do Must Do

Services

Restriction on Mass Can Do Can Do Must Do

Gatherings (50 individuals max) ( 10 individuals
max)
Closure of Schools OR use Can Do Must Do Must Do
of alternative learning
modalitics (e.g.,
online/distance learning)
OBJECTIVE NO.4 Reduce ration of Infection
Du
Detection and isolation of Must Do Must Do Must Do
Symptomatic Individuals
(c.g. temperature scanning
at entry points, symptom
monitoring, ctc.)

Annex C.1. Modification Potential Per Setting’

Settin Contact Number of Modification

g Intensity Contacts Potential
home Low Low Low

Public Places

Groceries Mcdiuni Medium Medium

Wet Markets Medium Medium Medium

Parks, playground, and Low Low/Medium Low

other outdoor recreation
spaces
Athletic Fields Medium Medium Low

TOO S Medium Low high

/Medium
Beaches Low High Medium
Communities High High Low

Food and otber service hments

establis
Restaurants Medium Medium Medium

Shopping Malls Low Medium

Salon, spas, and other Medium/High Low Medium

personal care services

Gym Fitness Medium Medium Medium

Theaters/meusem Medium High Medium

Outdoor large venues High High Mcdium

(concerts, sports)

Indoor large venues High High Low

(concerns, sports)

Offices and workplaces High Medium High

SchOOl8

Childcare facilities (day High Medium/High Low/Mcdium

care, play schools)

Schools (elementary and High High

high school)

H igli High High

Rcsidcncc Hall and other High Medium Low

dormitories

Buses, PUVs High High Medium

LRT/MRT High High Medium

Airplanes High High Medium

Taxis High Low Low

Ports of Entry High High M edition

210
Annex C.2. Basis of Assessment Rating for Modification Potential Matrix
Individuals are only
contact for a brief
period of time and they
can easily practice
physical distancing at
all times (walking past
someone)
A few number of individuals
in the setting at a given
time
Risk of transmission
can be reduced
through the use and
provision of personal
protective equipment
(wearing masks, face
Shields, coverall, etc. )
Individuals are in contact Individuals are in
for a longer period of prolonged close
time and are fairly contact (and may not
distant from each other be able to practice
(individuals in the physical distancing at
restaurants who are
all times)
separated by several
pick apart
A small group of a large group of
individuals in the individuals in a setting
setting at a given time at a given time
Risk of transmission risk of transmission can be
can be reduced reduced through
engineering controls
through administrative
(installation of temporary
controls (enforcing barriers and placement of
limits on the number of read margin tapes on the
people allowed within floor .
establishment )
 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMS

Key Elements of the Occupational Health Program:

▪ Health Protection
▪ Health Promotion
▪ Health Rehabilitation
Health and Safety Program
Health/Disease Source Health Effect Health Program
Chemical solvents paints, thinners irritant, multi system surveillance for
effects chemical exposure,
exposure monitoring or
biological monitoring
physical noise woodwork operations hearing impairment hearing conservation
program
biological tetanus dirty nails, soil lockjaw, rigidity, death immunization
economic stress awkward postures, musco skeletal Management or
community trauma heavy loads disorder personal methods or
disorder workplace modification
worker education and
training; back care
program

Health Promotion
▪ Physical activity, Nutrition, Weight reduction
▪ Immunization
o OSHS, RULE 1960
▪ Smoking cessation
o RA 9211 Tobacco Regulation Act of 2003
▪ Drug Abuse Prevention and Control
o RA 9165 Comprehensive Drugs Act of 2002
o Department Order No. 53-03: Guidelines for the Implementation of a Drug-Free
Workplace Policy and Program for the Private Sector
▪ Tuberculosis Prevention and Control
o Executive Order No. 187, Instituting a Comprehensive and Unified Policy for
Tuberculosis Control in the Philippines (CUP) (March 2003)
o Department Order No. 73-05: Guidelines for the Implementation of Policy and
Program on Tuberculosis (TB) Prevention and Control in the Workplace
▪ HIV and AIDS Prevention and Control
o RA 8504 Philippine AIDS Prevention and Control Act of 1998
o National Workplace Policy on STD/HIV/AIDS initiated by DOLE – 1997
o Department Order 102-10: Guidelines for the Implementation of HIV and AIDS
Prevention and Control in the Workplace
▪ Hepatitis B Prevention and Control
o Department Advisory No. 05: Guidelines for the Implementation of Workplace
Policy and Program on Hepatitis B
o Hepatitis B Prevention and Control
Department Advisory No. 05: Guidelines for the Implementation of Workplace Policy
and Program on Hepatitis B
▪ Department Order on Mental Health (DO 208-20)

212
 o Department Order No.208, Series of 2020 or the Guideline for Implementation of
Mental Health Workplace Policies and Programs
o This requires employers in the private Sector to adopt polies and programs on Mental
Health in the Workplace pursuant to relevant laws like the R.A. 11036 (Mental Health
Act) and R.A. 11058 (Occupational Health and Safety)

Benefits to the Workers

▪ Enhanced worker motivation and job satisfaction
▪ Added problem-solving capacity
▪ Greater acceptance of change
▪ Greater knowledge of work and organization
▪ Reduces the extent and severity of work related injuries and illnesses
▪ Improves employee morale and productivity
▪ Reduces workers’ compensation costs

Summary
▪ Exposure to workplace hazards have ill-effects to the workers’ health.
▪ Monitoring prevents the occurrence of work-related and occupational diseases.
▪ Establishing workplace policies and programs will definitely benefit everyone.
A safe environment in the work area can be achieved by practicing industrial hygiene principles.
This will lead to:
▪ elliminate or minimize the occurrence of occupational diseases.
▪ A means of protecting the health and welfare of workers.

Common Diseases in the Workplace

Hepatitis B

Objectives:
▪ At the end of the session:
▪ Participants have learned basic knowledge about Hepatitis B, its manifestations,
complications, basic management and prevention;
▪ Participants have understood the workplace strategies on prevention and control of the
disease;

213
 HEPATITIS B VIRUS

HEPATITIS-B VIRUS
▪ HBV is a small, double-shelled virus in the family Hepadnaviridae.
▪ Humans are only known host.
▪ HBV is relatively resilient and, in some instances, has been shown to remain infectious on
environmental surfaces for more than 7 days at room temperature.
▪ HBeAg is detected in the serum of persons with high virus titers and indicates high infectivity.

HEPATITIS B
▪ Hepatitis B is an infection of the liver caused by a virus that's spread through blood and body
fluids.
▪ It often does not cause any obvious symptoms in adults, and typically passes in a few months
without treatment.
▪ 90% of people to got infected with the virus develop antibodies and recover spontaneously,
even without treatment.
▪ 10% may progress either to CHRONIC HEPATITIS B infection, develop LIVER CIRRHOSIS,
LIVER CANCER or become asymptomatic carriers.

EPIDEMIOLOGY
▪ An estimated 2 billion persons worldwide have been infected with HBV, and more than 350
million persons have chronic, lifelong infections.
▪ HBV infection is an established cause of acute and chronic hepatitis and cirrhosis.
▪ It is the cause of up to 50% of hepatocellular carcinomas (HCC).
▪ The World Health Organization estimated that more than 600,000 persons died worldwide in
2002 of hepatitis B-associated acute and chronic liver disease.

TRANSMISSION
▪ Parenteral: Primarily through blood and blood products
▪ Vertical: From pregnant mother to her baby during conception
▪ Sexual: Same mode of transmission with HIV-AIDS

214
INCUBATION PERIOD
▪ The incubation period ranges from 45 to 160 days (average,120 days).
SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS
▪ The preicteric, or prodromal phase:
▪ From initial symptoms to onset of jaundice usually lasts from 3 to l0 days.
▪ Insidious onset of malaise, anorexia, nausea, vomiting, right upper quadrant abdominal pain,
fever, headache, myalgia, skin rashes, arthralgia and arthritis, and dark urine, beginning 1 to 2
days before the onset of jaundice.
▪ The icteric phase:
▪ Usually lasts from l to 3 weeks
▪ Characterized by jaundice, light or gray stools, hepatic tenderness and hepatomegaly
(splenomegaly is less common)
▪ Convalescent phase:
▪ Malaise and fatigue may persist for weeks or months, while jaundice, anorexia, and other
symptoms disappear

MEDICAL TREATMENT
▪ Interferon alpha (IFNa, or PEG-IFNa)
▪ Nucleoside or nucleotide analogues such as lamivudine, adefovir, entecavir telbivudine, and
tenofovir

PREVENTION
▪ Health education
▪ Improvement of personal hygiene
▪ Strict attention to sterility
▪ Screen donors for HbSAg and HbeAg
▪ Abstinence and avoid unprotected sex
▪ Vaccination

TB PREVENTION AND CONTROL IN THE WORKPLACE

What is TB?
▪ It is TB, not TV
▪ Stands for Tubercle Bacilli, the bacteria that causes tuberculosis
▪ Primarily affects the LUNGS, but also affects other organs
▪ An infectious disease
▪ Highly communicable
 NATIONAL TB PROGRAM

According to Center for Disease Control and Prevention, TB is spread through the air from one person
to another. The bacteria are put into the air when a person with TB disease of the lungs or throat
coughs, sneezes, speaks, or sings. People nearby may breathe in these bacteria and become
infected.

When a person breathes in TB bacteria, the bacteria can settle in the lungs and begin to grow. From
there, they can move through the blood to other parts of the body, such as the kidney, spine, and
brain.

TB disease in the lungs or throat can be infectious. This means that the bacteria can be spread to
other people. TB in other parts of the body, such as the kidney or spine, is usually not infectious.

People with TB disease are most likely to spread it to people they spend time with every day. This
includes family members, friends, and coworkers or schoolmates.

What is latent TB Infection?

According to Center for Disease Control and Prevention, in most people who breathe in TB
bacteria and become infected, the body is able to fight the bacteria to stop them from growing. The
bacteria become inactive, but they remain alive in the body and can become active later. This is called
latent TB infection. People with latent TB infection:

▪ Have no symptoms
▪ Don’t feel sick
▪ Can’t spread TB bacteria to others
▪ Usually have a positive skin test reaction or positive TB blood test
▪ May develop TB disease if they do not receive treatment for latent TB infection

216
Many people who have latent TB infection never develop TB disease. In these people, the TB bacteria
remain inactive for a lifetime without causing disease. But in other people, especially people who have
weak immune systems, the bacteria become active, multiply, and cause TB disease.

What is TB Disease?
According to Center for Disease Control and Prevention, if the immune system can’t stop TB
bacteria from growing, the bacteria begin to multiply in the body and cause TB disease. The bacteria
attack the body and destroy tissue. If this occurs in the lungs, the bacteria can actually create a hole in
the lung. Some people develop TB disease soon after becoming infected (within weeks) before their
immune system can fight the TB bacteria. Other people may get sick years later, when their immune
system becomes weak for another reason.

Is it alright for a patient on pills to take anti-TB drugs?

▪ A woman taking anti-TB drugs while on pills/oral contraceptives has two options:
▪ Take an oral contraceptive pill containing a higher dose of estrogen, following consultation
with a clinician;
▪ Use another form of contraception.
▪ Rifampicin may decrease oral contraceptive’s protective efficacy against pregnancy .

Can a TB patient go back to work?

Yes, after 2-3 weeks of treatment, patient is usually non-infectious. It is advised that before patient
reports back to work, he/she should undergo sputum examination and is smear negative .

HIV-AIDS PREVENTION AND CONTROL IN THE WORKPLACE

Are some STDs associated with HIV?

Yes, people who get syphilis, gonorrhea, and herpes often also have HIV, or are more likely to get HIV
in the future.

Why does having an STD put me more at risk for getting HIV?
If you get an STD, you are more likely to get HIV than someone who is STD-free. This is because the
same behaviors and circumstances that may put you at risk for getting an STD also can put you at
greater risk for getting HIV. In addition, having a sore or break in the skin from an STD may allow HIV
to more easily enter your body. If you are sexually active, get tested for STDs and HIV regularly, even
if you don’t have symptoms.

What activities can put me at risk for both STDs and HIV?

▪ Having anal, vaginal, or oral sex without a condom;

▪ Having multiple sex partners;
▪ Having anonymous sex partners;
▪ Having sex while under the influence of drugs or alcohol can lower inhibitions and result in
greater sexual risk-taking.

What can I do to prevent getting STDs and HIV?

The only 100% effective way to avoid STDs is to not have vaginal, anal, or oral sex. If you are sexually
active, you can do the following things to lower your chances of getting STDs and HIV:
▪ Choose less risky sex activities;
▪ Use a new condom for every act of vaginal, anal, and oral sex throughout the entire sex act
(from start to finish);
▪ Reduce the number of people with whom you have sex;
▪ Limit or eliminate drug and alcohol use before and during sex;
▪ Have an honest and open talk with your healthcare provider and ask whether you should be
tested for STDs and HIV;
▪ Talk to your healthcare provider and find out if either pre-exposure prophylaxis, or PEP,
or post-exposure prophylaxis, or PEP, is a good option for you to prevent HIV infection.

PHILIPPINE SCENARIO

TOP 5 REGIONS WITH MOST NUMBER OF CASES

REGION CASES

NCR 852 (30%)

REGION IV-A 517 (18%)

REGION III 304 (11%)

REGION VII 212 (8%)

REGION VI 201 (6%)

218
What is HIV/STD Treatment?
HIV treatment involves taking medicines that slow the progression of the virus in your body. HIV is a
type of virus called a retrovirus, and the combination of drugs used to treat it is called antiretroviral
therapy (ART).

Although a cure for HIV does not yet exist, ART can keep you healthy for many years, ART reduces
the amount of virus (or viral load) in your blood and body fluids. ART is recommended for all people
with HIV, regardless of how long they’ve had the virus or how healthy they are. ART also reduces your
chance of transmitting HIV to others if taken as prescribed.

ART is usually taken as a combination of 3 or more drugs to have the greatest chance of lowering the
amount of HIV in your body. Ask your health care provider about the availability of multiple drugs
combined into 1 pill.

If the HIV medicines you are taking are not working as well as they should, your health care provider
may change your prescription. A change is not unusual because the same treatment does not affect
everyone in the same way.

Let your health care provider and pharmacist know about any medical conditions you may have and
any other medicines you are taking. Additionally, if you or your partner is pregnant or considering
getting pregnant, talk to your health care provider to determine the right type of ART that can greatly
reduce the risk of transmitting HIV to your baby.

SUBSTANCE ABUSE

What is Illegal Drugs?

▪ Illegal drugs are drugs whose production, distribution, or use are either forbidden or only
allowed via a doctor’s prescription.
▪ An illegal drug is also a prescription drug that somebody has dangerously modified.
▪ Recreational drugs, such as heroin, cocaine, and ecstasy.
▪ Marijuana has medical uses but are illegal in the Philippines.
▪ Alcohol – is not illegal but is a substance of abuse.

Criteria for substance use dependence in ICD-10

Three or more of the following must have been experienced or exhibited at some time during the
previous year:
▪ A strong desire or sense of compulsion to take the substance;
Difficulties in controlling substance-taking behaviour in terms of its onset, termination, or levels of
use;
▪ A physiological withdrawal state when substance use has ceased or been reduced, as
evidenced by: the characteristic withdrawal syndrome for the substance; or use of the
same (or a closely related) substance with the intention of relieving or avoiding
withdrawal symptoms;
 ▪ Evidence of tolerance, such that increased doses of the psychoactive substance are
required in order to achieve effects originally produced by lower doses;
▪ Progressive neglect of alternative pleasures or interests because of psychoactive substance
use, increased amount of time necessary to obtain or take the substance or to recover
from its effects ;
▪ Persisting with substance use despite clear evidence of overtly harmful consequences,
such as harm to the liver through excessive drinking, depressive mood states consequent
to heavy substance use, or substance-related impairment of cognitive functioning. Efforts
should be made to determine that the user was actually, or could be expected to be,
aware of the nature and extent of the harm.

Different kinds of Illegal Drugs

1 . Marijuana – Creates slowed reaction time, euphoria, relaxation and increased appetite. (Not illegal
in every state)

2. Heroin – Euphoria, drowsiness as well as impaired coordination and slowed breathing.

3. Cocaine – Nasal damage, increased heart rate, and blood pressure, as well as increased energy
and mental alertness.

4. Methamphetamine – Can cause severe dental problems, increased heart rate, blood pressure,
anxiety, and mental alertness.

5. MDMA – Can cause sleep disturbances, depression, impaired memory, addiction as well as
increased tactile sensitivity and lowered inhibition.

6. Ketamine – Can impair memory, cause delirium as well as create a feeling of being separated from
one’s body.

7. LSD – Can increase body temperature and heart rate as well as create an altered state of
perception and hallucinations.

8. Steroids – These create no intoxication effects but can alter blood pressure and create blood clots
and liver cysts.

9. Inhalants – can give individuals muscle cramps, depression, and memory impairment as well as
stimulation and loss of inhibition depending on the chemical.

10. PCP and Analogs – Causes anxiety, tremors, numbness as well as psychosis, aggression, and
violence.

Why People use Illegal Drugs?

▪ Boredom
▪ Peer pressure or to fit it
▪ Experimentation
▪ To control pain
▪ Grooming

220
What factors influences the effect of drugs in the human body?

▪ What type of drug the individual consumes.

▪ Where the consumer is when he or she uses it.
▪ How much the person consumes.
▪ What the person is doing when they are using the drug.
▪ The person’s health, body size, age, i.e., their overall characteristics.
▪ What else the consumer used when they used that drug.

Drug Addiction

▪ Addiction is defined as a chronic, relapsing disorder characterized by compulsive drug seeking

and use despite adverse consequences.
▪ It is considered a brain disorder, because it involves functional changes to brain circuits
involved in reward, stress, and self-control,
▪ and those changes may last a long time after a person has stopped taking drugs.
222
Alcohol and Drugs in the Workplace

Contrary to popular belief, most Americans struggling with a substance use disorder continue to hold
down a job. According to the National Council on Alcoholism and Drug Dependence (NCADD), more
than 70 percent of those abusing illicit drugs in America are employed, as are most binge drinkers.
The most common illicit drugs abused on the job are marijuana and cocaine.

▪ Absenteeism
▪ Healthcare costs
▪ Lost productivity

Some people who abuse drugs or alcohol might qualify as “high-functioning,” or able to reach personal
and professional success despite substance abuse. “High-functioning” does not mean healthy.
Substance abuse and addiction cause damage in workplaces across the country.

Workplace Drug Abuse Effects

Substance abuse in the workplace can lead to lowered productivity, physical injuries and fatalities.

The likelihood for workplace accidents skyrockets when employees are under the influence. Drinking
on the job can also lead to aggravated assault and sexual battery charges.

Other side effects of addiction and drug abuse at work can include:

▪ Withdrawal symptoms affecting job performance

▪ Inability to focus or concentrate while under the influence
▪ Needless risk-taking affecting company
▪ Illegal sales of drugs to coworkers and other illicit activities

Those who abuse drugs are not the only ones affected in the workplace. Friends, family members and
coworkers report mental stress at work as well.

Workplace Drug Abuse and Addiction Treatment

Employed adults might be reluctant to take time off from work for an inpatient treatment program, but
there are many options in battling a drug or alcohol addiction. Outpatient programs can help
professionals recover while retaining some normalcy at work.

Many businesses also enroll in the Employee Assistance Program (EAP), a national initiative of the
NCADD. The EAP can point addiction sufferers and their loved ones toward community resources for
emotional support and treatment. Twelve-step groups like Alcoholics Anonymous and Narcotics
Anonymous can also provide accountability during recovery, so former users can get and stay clean.

Whatever treatment method you choose, getting well again is possible with the proper medical
assistance. Speak with someone who can help you find treatment now.

224
 SAFETY IN DEMOLITION
Objectives: To establish a safe work procedure during demolition operations.

INTRODUCTION
▪ Prior to permitting employees to start demolition operations, an engineering survey of the
structure shall be made by a competent person to determine the condition of the framing,
floors, and walls, and possibility of unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure.

▪ Any adjacent structures where employees may be exposed shall also be similarly checked.

▪ The employer shall have evidence that such survey has been performed.

225
PUBLIC SAFETY
I. FOR PUBLIC SAFETY, THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES SHALL BE ADOPTED AND
ACTIONS TAKEN WHENEVER REQUIRED.

▪ Survey of the site vicinity for potential danger to the public

▪ Install the necessary hoarding along or within the site boundary.
▪ If possible, entrances to the site be located away from heavy traffic areas.
▪ Install the necessary covered walkway (footpath with overhead shelter).
▪ Install safety signs and posters to warn the public of danger.
▪ Install the necessary lighting along the walkway.
▪ Provide guard to direct and control traffic (vehicles and pedestrians).
▪ Guard to prevent unauthorized person from entering the site.

II. TO PREVENT FALLING HAZARDS FROM HIGH LEVELS OF BUILDING(S) CLOSE TO

PUBLIC AREAS, THE FOLLOWING MEASURES SHALL BE CONSIDERED.
▪ Install external scaffolding along the periphery of the building.
▪ Install peripheral overhead cantilever shelter.
▪ Install safety netting.

III. WHILE CARRYING EXTERNAL WORKS (ROAD, DRAINAGE, CULVERT AND MANHOLE)
OUTSIDE THE BOUNDARY, THE FOLLOWING MEASURES ARE NECESSARY;
▪ Enclose the work areas with barricades.
▪ Install warning signs.
▪ Install hazard lights.
▪ Station at least a suitable person to direct the traffic.

GENERAL
▪ REGULATIONS AND CODES: Where applicable all ordinances governing any and all phases
of demolition work shall be observed at all times.

PLANNING STAGE
▪ Obtain the as-built drawing from the owner/architect/consultant/relevant authorities.
▪ Attend the briefing (if any) conducted by owner/architect.
▪ Study the drawings and survey the building(s) to be demolished and the surrounding areas.
▪ Consult structural engineer/demolition expert/local authority for further information.
▪ Conduct test on the building structure if necessary.
▪ Plan the procedure and adopt the safest demolition method.
▪ Before the start of every demolition job, the demolition contractor should take a number of
steps to safeguard the health and safety of workers at the job site.
▪ These preparatory operations involve the overall planning of the demolition job, including the
methods to be used to bring the structure down and the equipment necessary to do the job.
▪ No employee shall be permitted in any area that can be adversely affected when demolition
operations are being performed.
▪ Only those employees necessary for the performance of the Demolition shall be permitted in
these areas.

ENGINEERING SURVEY.
▪ Prior to starting all demolition operations, OSHA Standard 1926.850(a) requires that an
engineering survey of the structure must be conducted by a competent person.

226
 ▪ The purpose of this survey is to determine the condition of the framing, floors, and walls so
that measures can be taken, if necessary, to prevent the premature collapse of any portion of
the structure.
▪ When indicated as advisable, any adjacent structure(s) or improvements should also be
similarly checked. Photographing existing damage in neighboring structures is also advisable
▪ During the preparation of the engineering survey, the contractor should plan for potential
hazards such as fires, cave-ins, and injuries to workers.

UTILITY LOCATION
▪ One of the most important elements of the pre-job planning is the location of all utility services.
▪ All electric, gas, water, steam, sewer, and other services lines should be shut off, capped, or
otherwise controlled, at or outside the building before demolition work is started.
▪ If it is necessary to maintain any power, water, or other utilities during demolition, such lines
shall be temporarily relocated as necessary and / or protected.
▪ The location of all overhead power sources should also be determined, as they can prove
especially hazardous during any machine demolition.

MEDICAL SERVICES AND FIRST AID

▪ Prior to starting work, provisions should be made for prompt medical attention in case of
serious injury. The job supervisor should be provided with instructions for the most direct route
to these facilities.
▪ Proper equipment for prompt transportation of an injured worker, as well as communication
system to contact any necessary ambulance service, must be available at the job site.
▪ A properly stocked first aid kit as determined by an occupational physician, must be available
at the job site. The contents of the kit shall be checked before being sent out on each job and
at least weekly to ensure the expended items are replaced.

POLICE AND FIRE CONTACT

▪ The telephone numbers of the local police, ambulance, and fire departments should be
available at each job site.
▪ This information can prove useful to the job supervisor in the event of any traffic problems,
such as the movement of equipment to the job, uncontrolled fires, or other police / fire matters.

FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION

▪ A “Fire Plan" should be set up prior to beginning a demolition job. Common sense should be
the general rule in all fire prevention planning as follows:
▪ All potential sources of ignition should be evaluated and the necessary corrective measures
taken.
▪ Electrical wiring and equipment for providing light or power should be installed by a competent
person and inspected regularly.
▪ Sufficient fire fighting equipment should be located near any flammable or combustible liquid
storage area.
▪ Smoking should be prohibited at or in the vicinity of hazardous operations or materials.
▪ Where smoking is permitted, safe receptacles shall be provided.
▪ An ample number of fully charged portable fire extinguishers should be provided throughout
the operation.
▪ All motor-driven mobile equipment should be equipped with an approved fire extinguisher.

PREPARATION STAGE
▪ Inform the relevant authorities (Police, DENR/EMB, DPWH, City/Mun. Bldg. Office).
▪ Cordon off the area where the demolition work is to be carried out.
 ▪ Install hoarding around the site.
▪ Install exterior protection (scaffold0 with netting/canvass sheet along the periphery of the
building(s) (except when using explosives).
▪ Install Notice Boards and Warning Signs.

DEMOLITION STAGE
▪ Contact/advise relevant authorities to disconnect services in the area. Particularly, the
electrical and gas. Failure to do so may result in electric shock, gassing, fire, explosions or
flooding.
▪ Check and confirm that the services are dead before dismantling and removing them.
▪ Dismantle and remove immediately from site all combustible materials to prevent hazards.
▪ It is dangerous to leave isolated walls or parts of walls standing
▪ Debris falling from the hacking/drilling should be confined to the interior of the building.
▪ Spraying of water on debris, prevent air pollution and also avoid fire hazards.
▪ Debris should not be allowed to build up against walls or on floors. Overloading may cause
the structure to collapse resulting in accident.
▪ Debris should either be hoisted down in buckets or by using proper rubbish chute and must
never be thrown from the top.
▪ Where practical, avoid working directly from parts of the structure to be demolished. E.g. at the
top of brick wall.
▪ Preferably, all demolition works be carried out on the same level. Never work below the level
where the demolition work is in progress.
▪ When using hot processes such as flame cutting of metal, fire extinguisher must be readily
available.
▪ When cutting, containers of inflammable materials, it is essential to check and confirm that it is
safe before commencing with the flame cutting.
▪ Preferably, all hacking and drilling be done using low noise equipment.
▪ If heavy equipment, such as excavators with hydraulic breakers and cutters have to be used
even at high levels, it is important to ensure that the existing floor structures can take the load
of the equipment.
▪ The demolition work must be supervised and monitored closely by experience
supervisors/engineers.
▪ Demolition workers must have the experience or have undergone training and be competent
enough to carry out the works.
▪ Daily briefing by the person who is overall in-charge must be conducted. The briefing shall
include information on:
o Scope and distribution of works for the day.
o Locations of work to be carried out.
o Areas to avoid.
o Safety measures to take.
o Equipment to use.
✓ All workers must also be furnished with the necessary personal protective
equipment such as; Safety Helmets, Safety Shoes, Safety Belts/harness,
Gloves, Masks, Ear Plugs/Muffs, Safety Goggles/Glass, etc.
▪ No unauthorized person is allowed to enter the site.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT:

▪ HAND GLOVES shall be worn during demolition activities.
▪ HARDHATS or HELMETS shall be worn by all workmen exposed to the danger of falling
objects.

228
 ▪ GOGGLES: Approved type safety goggles or spectacles shall be worn to protect the eyes
against injury from flying objects and from dirt or dust blown by the wind.
▪ EARMUFF or EAR PLUG: Workers using jackhammers shall wear approved Ear protections.
▪ PROTECTION OF EYES: Face Shield shall be used during Grinding Work.
▪ SAFETY SHOES: shall be worn by all workers to protect their feet.
▪ FULL BODY HARNESS: shall be worn by workers working @ height and shall be Tied on
strong materials or to approved Lifeline.

SAFE WORK PRACTICE:

a. When hand demolition is required, it should be carried out from a working platform.
▪ Experienced Scaffolders must install a self-supporting tubular scaffold, suspended platform
around the structure.
▪ It is essential that there be adequate working clearance between the structure and the work
platform.
▪ Access to the top of the scaffold should be provided by means of portable walkways.

OVERLOADING: No structure or part of the structure of any floor or temporary support or scaffold,
sidewalk, shed or bridge or any device or piece of equipment shall be loaded in excess of its safe
carrying capacity.

REMOVAL OF WALLS:
▪ ORDER OF DEMOLITION: Demolition of exterior walls and floor construction shall begin at
the top of the structure and proceed downward.

OVERLOADING FLOORS:
▪ Masonry walls or other sections of masonry shall not be permitted to fall upon the floors of the
building in masses that exceed the safe carrying capacity of the floors.

ILLUMINATIONS: During the hours of darkness, Flashing red lights or Reflectorized Warning Devices
or Signboards shall be placed on or about all barricades.

WATCHMEN: When operations are not in progress, a watchman shall be stationed to prevent the
public from entering the danger zone and to maintain all Signboards, Lights, and Barricades.

GLASS: Glazed Sashes and Glazed Doors and other Glass Fixtures shall be removed before
demolition work is started.

SHORING: If structure to be demolished is considered not secured, then the walls shall be shored or
braced in accordance with the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction or in accordance with
accepted engineering practice before any demolition work is started

DEBRIS CLEARANCE
▪ If machines are used for removal of debris, proper overhead protection for the operator should
be used.
▪ The foreman should determine when debris is to be removed, halt all demolition during debris
removal, and make sure the area is clear of cleanup workers before continuing demolition.
▪ Excessive debris should not be allowed to accumulate inside or outside the structure as the
excess weight of the debris can impose pressure on the wall of the structure and might cause
to collapse.
REMOVAL OF MATERIALS:
DROPPING MATERIAL: No material shall be dropped to any point lying outside the exterior walls of
the building except through enclosed wooden or metal chutes.

GATE AT CHUTE: A strong gate shall be installed in each chute at or near the discharge end and a
reliable employee shall be designated to control the gate and the backing up and loading of trucks.
PROTECTION OF PASSERBY: A designated employee shall be instructed to prevent any person
from standing or passing under the discharge end of the chute.
▪ Provide Barricade and signboard.

SAFE WORK PRACTICES WHEN WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES.

▪ Demolition contractors often come in contact with confined spaces when demolishing structure
at industrial sites.

These confined spaces can be generally categorized in two major groups:

▪ Those with open tops and a depth that restricts the natural movement of air and

SIDEWALK SHEDS:
▪ PUBLIC THOROUGH FARES: Before any demolition work is commenced every sidewalk or
public thoroughfare adjacent to the work site shall either be closed or protected as specified.
Such thoroughfares, which are open to the public, shall be kept clear and unobstructed at all
times.
▪ ILLUMINATION: Sidewalk shed shall be lighted either by natural or artificial means sufficient
to ensure safety of passerby at all times.

TAGLINES: A tagline or guide rope should be used on all hoisted or lowered loads.
▪ RIDING LOAD: The riding of the load line in any lifting device is prohibited.
▪ LIFTING OF ACETYLENE OR OXYGEN CYLINDERS: Whenever acetylene or oxygen
cylinders are transported or lifted by crane or derrick, such cylinders shall be placed in
substantial stands or cradles in an upright position.

▪ Cylinders are not protected from falling. Note that the Chain is not secured across.

SWINGING BEAMS: No beams shall be cut until precautions have been taken to prevent it from
swinging freely and possibly striking any worker or any piece of equipment or any part of the structure
being demolished.

LOWERING STEEL: All structural steel shall be lowered from the building, it shall never be allowed to
drop.

CHEMICAL HAZARDS:
▪ In different forms (air borne as Dust, Fumes, Vapors, Gases from materials as Cement
Powder, Organic Solvent, Tar etc.).
▪ Illness linked with construction chemical hazards are silicosis, Asbestosis, Lead poisoning,
Allergies, etc.

OTHER HAZARDS:
▪ NOISE: from sources as vehicles, air compressors, cranes, pneumatic hammers, power saws,
etc.
▪ VIBRATION: occur with Pneumatic Hammers, Concrete or Rock Breaker, Hand and Power
Tools, etc.

230
 ▪ HEAT: Roofers are exposed to sun, working beside Hot Engines, Heated pots of tar etc.
▪ ILLUMINATION: Workers are working without proper illumination during nighttime activities or
Lightings are not properly aimed.
▪ FALLS: due to unstable footing, unguarded holes, slips off scaffolding or ladders, etc.
▪ MANUAL HANDLING: leading to Back problems, Hernia etc.
▪ SOCIAL PROBLEMS: due to intermittent & constantly changing pattern of life of demolition
workers.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Personal Protective Equipment Is Any Physical Material Or Equipment That Is Placed Between The
Employee And Workplace Hazards To Reduce The Injury Potential Of The Hazard.

PPE Is To Be Selected and Provided To Employees Assigned Duties Where Hazards Cannot Be
Sufficiently Abated Or Removed To Prevent Occupational Injury Or Illness.

▪ Assess the Workplace For Hazards That Cannot Be Sufficiently Minimized Or Deleted
▪ Managers, Supervisors, And Employees Should Be Involved In This Process
▪ Identification Process Should Be Ongoing

RESPONSIBILITIES:
Management Shall:
▪ Provide PPE and training for personnel
▪ Post areas requiring PPE with signs
▪ Ensure full compliance of responsibilities of employees, set forth in the safety program and/ or
policies.

Supervisors Shall:
▪ Ensure that appropriate PPE is available to employees
▪ Ensure PPE is properly used

Employees Shall:
▪ Use PPE in accordance with instruction and training received.
▪ Guard against damage to PPE.
▪ Care for their PPE properly
▪ Report PPE malfunctions or problems to supervisory personnel
▪ Follow safe work practices while working with hazardous materials and wastes

Health and Safety Committee:

▪ Conducts workplace hazard assessments to determine the presence of hazards which
necessitate the use of PPE.
▪ Conducts periodic workplace reassessment as requested by supervisors
▪ Maintaining records on hazards assessments.
▪ Provides training and technical assistance to supervisors on the proper use, care, and
cleaning of approved PPE.
▪ Provides guidance to the supervisor for the selection and purchase of approved PPE.
▪ Periodically reevaluating the suitability of previously selected PPE.
▪ Reviewing, updating, and evaluating the overall effectiveness of the PPE program.
Hazard Assessment and Equipment Selection:
Health and Safety Committee/Supervisors identify the sources of hazards:
▪ Impact
▪ Penetration
▪ Noise
▪ Chemical
▪ Heat
▪ Dust
▪ Electrical
▪ Material handling

Risk to health and safety may occur whenever there is exposure to chemical, physical or biological
hazard. The degree of risk depends on the severity of the hazard, and the degree of exposure. PPE
is the last line of defense in Industrial Hygiene control; it does not eliminate the hazard; it aids in
controlling individual exposure.

Options for Control

▪ Risk Evaluation
▪ Hazards Identification Eye protection
▪ Choice of control options
▪ Determination of control needs

1. Determination of Control Needs

▪ Know the hazards in the workplace associated with specific jobs
▪ Consider normal operations, maintenance activities, foreseeable emergencies
▪ Know the risk to persons doing those jobs
Ear protection
2. Hazard Identification
▪ Agent
▪ Physical Characteristic
▪ Route of Entry
▪ Effect from exposure

3. Risk Evaluation - For any particular job, know:

1. Nature and degree of exposure
2. Magnitude of exposure
3. Increased level of exposure
4. Length of exposure
5. Frequency of exposure occurrence
6. Related circumstances
7. Result of exposure
8. Local or systemic effect
9. Short or long term effect
10. Reversibility or otherwise
11. Acceptable level of exposure
12. Standards
13. Accurate measurement
14. Variations in concentration of contaminant
15. Overall level of risk to the worker

Foot protection

232
Control Options selected should:
▪ Reduce individual exposure to an acceptable level
▪ Be acceptable to the potentially exposed workforce
▪ Be practicable in terms of engineering concepts

Role of Management
1. Development of PPE Program
2. Implementation
3. Evaluation based on guidelines, standards
4. Revision, refinement

▪ Industrial Hygiene Control

o Engineering
o Administrative
o Personal Protective Equipment

▪ Limitations of PPE
o It does not reduce or eliminate the hazard. If PPE is defective, the wearer may be
exposed to the hazard without knowledge of it.
o Protection afforded to wearer only

▪ Management of PPE Programs

o Ultimate responsibility of a PPE Program rests at Management level
o It should be supported by a written procedure and controlled by a responsible person

PPE Program is composed of the following elements:

1. Selection
2. Fitting
3. Health Aspects
4. Issue
5. Proper Use
6. Compatibility
7. Maintenance
8. Disposal
9. Information & Training
10. Supervision
11. Reviews
12. Checklist
Respiratory Protection
1. Selection
▪ To be done by a suitably trained person with adequate information of the task, hazards,
personnel, materials, etc.

2. Fitting
When first issued, the user should also be trained to check the fit whenever the equipment is used.
▪ Ensure an adequate fit under supervision

3. Health Aspects
▪ Use of PPE can have an impact on an employees health (e.g. skin irritation, heat stress)
▪ A number of medical conditions may make it difficult to use certain equipment
4. Compatibility
▪ If more than one type of PPE is required to be worn simultaneously, then the harmony of the
individual items needs to be evaluated.
▪ The PPE also needs to be compatible with the task involved

5. Issue
▪ Provision should be made to control the issue of PPE to employees, remembering that several
types of equipment may be available.
▪ PPE should be issued on a personal basis to individual employees. Apart from hygiene
considerations, employees are then more willing to accept responsibility for the care and
maintenance of the equipment.
▪ A system requiring employees to sign for certain types of equipment is recommended and can
provide another check on the use of correct equipment.

6. Proper Use
▪ PPE is effective if worn properly for the appropriate task
▪ Use of PPE by Supervisor encourages employees & enforces PPE programs
▪ Equipment that can provide complete protection, but which is not properly used, may provide
no protection at all
▪ Employees should be prevented from taking used PPE for domestic purposes

7. Maintenance (Cleaning and Storage)

▪ Depending on type of equipment used, procedures need to be established for its cleaning and
maintenance when necessary
▪ Exempted here are single use (disposable) items
▪ Occasionally, during use, PPE may become contaminated with toxic materials. Provision
should be made to prevent contamination with other areas of the workplace or employees
engaged in cleaning or maintenance activities.
▪ Respirators can be placed in suitably labeled containers until sent for cleaning.

8. Disposal
▪ Used PPE can be contaminated with toxic agents and disposal procedures need careful
consideration. Depending on the circumstances, equipment may need to be treated as toxic
waste

9. Information and Training

▪ Employees have to be given sufficient information and proper training about the hazards
associated with their jobs to enable them to work safely with minimal risk to health.
▪ Employees who are fully aware of the hazards and the need for protection will be more ready
to accept such difficulties and use the equipment provided
▪ Supervisors should be alert to any changes in the requirements of the job and any limitations
placed on the employee by the. PPE, ensuring that appropriate feedback is given to the Safety
Advisers, Occupational Health Personnel or Hygienist

10. Supervision
▪ A PPE program is unlikely to be successful unless the first line supervisory personnel are
knowledgeable and held accountable for effective use of PPE
▪ Supervisors must set an example by wearing PPE as appropriate and ensure its use by
others as required

234
11. Reviews
▪ Periodic evaluation to confirm that the agreed procedures are appropriate and being followed:
▪ Formal audit carried out by a third party with specialist advisers

12. Checklist
▪ to ensure use of properly fitted, effective PPE for specific jobs
▪ It must be remembered that PPE is the last line of defense, hence, its effectiveness may be
crucial to the health of the workers

TYPES OF PPE:
▪ Safety Glasses
▪ Goggles
▪ Face Shields
▪ Helmets
▪ Hoods
▪ Sleeves
▪ Shoes And Boots
▪ Mats And Blankets
▪ Respirators
▪ Gloves
▪ Coveralls
▪ Many Others

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS

▪ RULE 1080 - Personal Protective Equipment and Devices
▪ RULE 1081 - General Provisions
▪ RULE 1082 - Eye and Face Protection
▪ RULE 1083 - Respiratory Protection
▪ RULE 1084 - Head Protection
▪ RULE 1085 - Hand and Arm Protection
▪ RULE 1086 - Life Lines, Safety Nets
Body Harness
▪ RULE 1087 - Safety Shoes

EYE & FACE PROTECTION (Work Requiring PPE)

▪ Working With Molten Metals
▪ Working With Liquid Chemicals
▪ Working With Hazardous Gases
▪ Working With Flying Particles
▪ Working With Injurious Radiant Energy

EYE & FACE PROTECTION: Shall Conform Minimum Requirements

▪ For hazards which they are designed/intended
▪ Be reasonably comfortable to use
▪ Fit snugly, not interfere with movements of user
▪ Durable, easily cleaned capable for being disinfected
▪ Be kept clean and in good condition
▪ Be of approved type
ANSI Z 87.1-1968 is adopted
HEAD PROTECTION: Hard Hats
▪ Class A - Protection From Falling Objects
▪ Class B - Against fall of a wearer from certain height
▪ Class AB - Combination of category A and B
▪ Class AE - Falling articles and electricity
▪ Class ABE - Combination of AE and B
HAND PROTECTION: Gloves
▪ Tape Tops Or Fold To Keep Liquids Out And Off Skin
▪ Vinyl, Rubber, Or Neoprene Are Adequate For Most Chemicals
▪ May Need Synthetic Gloves For Petroleum Based Products
▪ Vibration Absorbing Gloves Work Well
▪ Leather Or Cotton Are Appropriate For Most Abrasive Jobs
▪ Never Wear Metal Reinforced Gloves Around Electrical Work
▪ Be Sure Gloves Fit! Gloves Too Large Or Too Small Can Lead To Injuries

▪ There are no ANSI standards for gloves, however, selection must be based on the
performance characteristics of the glove in relation to the tasks to be performed.

FOOT PROTECTION: Boots & Shoes

▪ Steel Toed Safety Shoes and Boots
▪ Puncture Proof Soles
▪ Non-Conductive For Electrical Work
▪ Rubber Or Synthetic Footwear Around Chemicals
Class H - Heavy work
Class S - Normal work
Class L - Light work

▪ Avoid Leather Around Chemicals

▪ Foot Guards Or Ankle Shields May Be Needed For Some Jobs
▪ A Static Free Shoe Designed To Drain Off Static Electricity May Be Needed Around
Computers

HEARING PROTECTION
▪ Common Workplace Injury
▪ Gradual Increase Over Time
▪ Damage Can Be Caused Without Pain
▪ Incorrect Protection Or Protection Worn Incorrectly Can Be Equally Damaging

YOU NEED PROTECTION WHEN

▪ Workplace Sounds Are Irritating
▪ You Must Raise your Voice To Be Heard From Two Feet Away
▪ Ears Ringing After Leaving Work
▪ Sound Levels Reach 85 Decibels Over An Eight-Hour Period
▪ Short Bursts Of High-Pitched, Loud, or Continuous Sounds

PROTECTION TYPES: Earplugs & Earmuffs

▪ Plugs Offer The Most Protection
▪ Comfortable And Easy To Insert And Use
▪ Muffs Made Of Foam Rubber And Must Fit Snugly
▪ May Need Both In Severe Places
▪ Must Keep Sound Below 90 db

236
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
▪ Respiratory Protection Is Generally Afforded By The Proper Selection And Use Of
Respirators
▪ Respiratory Protection Is Covered Extensively In A Specific Standard
ANSI Z88.2-1059 is adopted
MANDATORY RESPIRATORY PROTECTION ON HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL EXPOSURE

238
 TRAINING AREAS
▪ When To Wear PPE
▪ What PPE Is To Be Worn
▪ How To Don,Doff, And Adjust PPE
▪ The Limitations Of PPE
▪ The Care And Maintenance Of PPE
▪ The Useful Life And Disposal Of PPE

CLEANING AND MAINTAINING

▪ All PPE must be kept clean and properly maintained
▪ PPE should be inspected, cleaned at regular intervals
▪ PPE shall not be shared between employees until it has been properly cleaned and sanitized.

STORAGE OF PPE
▪ PPE shall be properly stored to protect against environmental conditions that might reduce the
effectiveness of the equipment. PPE having a Shelf-life limitation shall be checked periodically
to ensure compliance with the expiration date.

RECORD KEEPING
▪ Written records shall be kept of the names of persons trained.
▪ Supervisors shall maintain training records for at least 3 yrs.
▪ H&S Committee shall maintain HAC form for each site eval. For at least 3 yrs.

INSPECTION OF PPE
 SITE SAFETY INSPECTION

AUDIT is a regular & critical examination of records & management performance compared to
program standards.

INSPECTION is the careful examination of man, machine, material and the mother nature (4 M’s), the
close & critical scrutiny for comparison with standards.

SAFETY INSPECTION: It is a monitoring function conducted in an organization to locate and report

existing and potential hazards so they can be corrected before accidents occur.

Objectives:
▪ To maintain a safe work environment thru hazard recognition and removal.
▪ To determine that people are behaving and working in a safe manner.
▪ To determine that operations meet or exceed acceptable safety and government
standards.
▪ To maintain product quality and operational profitability

WORKPLACE INSPECTION:
▪ Is a critical part of a comprehensive safety & health program in which the workplace is
examined closely on a regular basis for the purpose of:
o Identifying & recording potential & actual hazards associated with buildings,
equipment, environment, processes, & practices
o Identifying any hazards which require immediate attention, whether they are
unsafe conditions or unsafe acts
o Ensuring that existing hazard controls are functioning adequately & appropriate,
recommending corrective action

ACCIDENT CAUSES:

UNSAFE ACTS
▪ Are (behavioral) violations of a commonly accepted safe procedure which results in an
accident.
▪ These “states of being” also represent hazardous conditions in the workplace.
▪ Management can have great influence over these factors.

UNSAFE CONDITIONS
▪ Are (environmental) the unsafe conditions of the agency which could have been
guarded/corrected or controlled.

TYPES OF INSPECTION:
▪ Unplanned inspection or continuous, on-going inspection – is conducted by employees,
supervisors, and maintenance personnel as part of their job responsibilities

▪ Planned inspection – a “real safety & health inspection”. It is deliberate, thorough, and
systematic by design.

240
TYPES OF PLANNED INSPECTION:

▪ Periodic Inspection
▪ Intermittent Inspection
▪ General Inspection

PERIODIC INSPECTIONS
▪ Inspections by the safety professional, industrial hygienist, and joint safety and health
committee
▪ Inspections performed by the electricians mechanics, and maintenance personnel
▪ Inspections by especially trained certified or licensed inspectors, often from outside the
organization
▪ Inspections done by outside investigators or, government inspectors

INTERMITTENT INSPECTION
Are those made at irregular intervals :
▪ If there is unusual number of accidents.
▪ When construction or remodeling is going on.
▪ When the department install new equipment, institutes new processes, or modifies old
ones.
▪ Made by industrial hygienist when health hazards is suspected.

GENERAL INSPECTION
General Inspection is planned and covers places not inspected periodically. This includes those
areas no one ever visits and where people rarely get hurt, such as:
▪ parking lots,
▪ sidewalks,
▪ fencing and similar outlying regions.
▪ Look for off-the-floor and out-of-the-way items.
▪ Systematically cover the area.
▪ Describe and locate each item clearly.
▪ Follow-up urgent items immediately.
▪ Report items that seem unnecessary.
▪ Use hazard classification system.
▪ Look for basic causes of items.

HAZARD CLASSIFICATION
▪ CLASS “A” HAZARD – Likely to cause permanent disability or, loss of life or extensive
property loss.
▪ CLASS “B” HAZARD – Likely to cause temporary disability or property damage that is
disruptive but not extensive.
▪ CLASS “C” HAZARD – Likely to cause minor, non-disabling injury or illness or non-
disruptive property damage

PLANNING FOR INSPECTION

A Safety and Health Inspection requires:
▪ sound knowledge of the facility.
▪ knowledge of relevant standards regulations, and codes.

241
 ▪ systematic inspection steps.
▪ a method of reporting, evaluating, and using the data.

REFERENCES:
DOLE/BWC – Occupational Safety & Health Standards
DILG/BFP – Fire Code of the Philippines
Philippine Society of Mechanical Engineering Code (PSME Code)
Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
National Building Code (NBC)
National Sanitation Code, etc.

The Workplace Inspection Team

1. Supervisors & Managers
2. Safety Staff or First Aid People
3. Members of the H&S Committee
4. Government & Workers’ Representatives

WHAT “MAKES” A SAFETY INSPECTOR

▪ Expertise
▪ Ability
▪ Experience
▪ Analytical capability

SAFETY INSPECTOR : USE YOUR SENSES

▪ Do you see anything that just doesn’t look right from a safety point of view?
▪ Do you hear any unusual vibrations or noises?
▪ Do you smell any new or unusual odors?
▪ Have you touched anything with an unusual or different feel?

AIDS NEEDED IN A SAFETY INSPECTION

1. Plans
▪ Plant and Machinery Layout
2. Guides
▪ Checklist & Inspection Guides
3. Forms
▪ Reports and Records
4. Incidental Equipment
▪ Hard Hat, Goggles, Ear plugs, Flashlights, Tape Measures, Pencil, etc.
5. Technical Materials
▪ Equipment or materials catalogues (Suppliers)
6. Incentives
▪ Snacks, overtimes, identities, etc.

WHAT TO LOOK FOR

▪ General Conditions – lighting, housekeeping, ventilation, storage, etc.
▪ Specific Hazards – tools, machinery, equipment, & materials.
▪ Work Practices – work methods & procedures.
1. Guards and Protection Devices
▪ Missing or inadequate guards

242
▪ Lack of support, bracing or shoring.
▪ Faulty support or bracing
▪ Missing or faulty warning or signal device.
▪ Missing or faulty automatic control device.
▪ Missing or faulty safety device.

2. Work Environment
▪ Noxious fumes or gases.
▪ Flammable or explosive fumes or gases.
▪ Insufficient illumination.
▪ Excessive glare from light source.
▪ Hazardous dusts or atmospheric particles.
▪ Hazardous or uncomfortable temperature condition.
▪ Excessive noise.

3. Practices & Procedures

▪ Correct use of plant, tools & equipment.
▪ Safety rules & safe operating procedures being followed.
▪ Correct use & maintenance of personal protective equipment.
▪ Relevant information available on hazardous materials.
▪ Employees aware of the need to report hazards.
▪ All workplace hazards clearly defined in written procedures.
▪ Employees provided with proper training for the job.

243
SAFETY INSPECTION IN A NUTSHELL
▪ What is to be inspected ?
▪ How often ?
▪ Who will inspect ?
▪ Who will supervise ?
▪ Reports & records ?
▪ Corrective actions ?

SOME INSPECTION TIPS

▪ Make notes
▪ Don’t disturb
▪ Avoid conversation
▪ Inspect all areas
▪ Make notes
▪ Don’t disturb
▪ Avoid conversation
▪ Inspect all areas

INSPECTION REPORT
▪ Write clearly, or when possible , type the report.
▪ Coding of items is of benefit.
▪ Additional contacts frequently help.
▪ Simplify follow-up reports.
▪ File reports properly.

ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS OF AN INSPECTION ACTIVITY

▪ Plan inspection activity
o Prepare / Develop inspection checklist and conduct, if necessary, training on
Safety Inspection.
o Procure necessary equipment or instruments.
▪ Inform inspection team on schedule & coverage
▪ Perform inspection activity
▪ Conduct post-inspection meeting
o Discuss findings and observations with person concerned.
o Formulate recommendations to correct hazards.
o Determine responsibilities.
▪ Prepare/submit inspection report to all concerned.
▪ Get feedback/s
▪ Monitor corrective action/s, report unimplemented actions to Management.

Summary
Routine inspection and Follow-up on corrective actions make for an effective Safety
Inspection Program

Keys to effective inspection

▪ Create checklists
▪ Schedule inspections (v.v.)
▪ Focus on one hazard at a time
▪ Modify checklists as needed

244
 ▪ Follow-up corrective actions
▪ Communicate & Involve Employees
▪ Acknowledge participation

SHORT STORY
This is a story about four (4) workers named EVERYBODY, SOMEBODY, ANYBODY and
NOBODY. There was an important job to be done and EVERYBODY was asked to do it.
EVERYBODY was sure SOMEBODY would do it. ANYBODY could have done it, but
NOBODY did it. SOMEBODY got angry about that, because it was EVERYBODY’s job.
EVERYBODY thought ANYBODY could do it, but NOBODY realized that EVERYBODY
would not do it. It ended up that EVERYBODY blamed SOMEBODY when NOBODY did
what ANYBODY could have done.

JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS

Objective: To teach the participant how to analyze jobs in the workplace and spot possible sources of
accidents in these different tasks.

Accidents can occur when:

▪ Work is performed incorrectly
▪ Workers use hazardous materials
▪ Work under hazardous conditions

The process of determining the hazards associated with a job is often referred to as a JHA or a Job
Hazard Analysis.

Hazards that present risks to:

1. Environment
2. Safety
3. Health

For proper ESH management all jobs should include a JHA

JHA involves the following steps:

1. Identify basic steps of a job
2. Determine associated hazards
3. Make recommendations to control the hazards

Uses of a JHA
▪ Create / improve SOP’s
▪ Guide in observing employee performance
▪ Accident investigation
▪ Safety inspection

Prioritizing JHA’s
▪ High Frequency of Accidents
▪ Increase occurrence of Near-Misses
▪ History of Serious Accidents / Fatalities
▪ Potential for Serious Harm
▪ New Jobs

High Accident Frequency

245
▪ Changes in Procedures or Standards

JHA Team
▪ Supervisor
▪ Employee most familiar with the job
▪ Other employees who perform the job
▪ Experts or specialists (maintenance personnel, occupational hygienists, ergonomists or
engineers)

Step 1. Identify the Basic Job Steps -Watch carefully as a worker performs the entire job at least
once
▪ As the operator performs the job again, list the individual steps on the left-hand column.
▪ Using simple action phrases that are short and to the point
▪ Steps should always be numbered to indicate the order

Most common errors:

▪ Describing the job in too much detail, or
▪ Describing the job in too little detail.

Solution:
List as steps only those tasks that would be described to someone being trained to perform the job

Step 2. Determine the Hazards:

Identify all of the existing or potential actions or conditions that could lead to an injury or illness, or
harm to the environment.

Hazard Guide:
▪ The physical actions required for that specific step.
▪ The materials used.
▪ The equipment used.
▪ The conditions under which the step is normally performed.

Physical Action:
▪ Force (weight)
▪ Frequency (repetition)
▪ Posture (prolonged)
▪ Position (distance)
Materials (Chemicals)
▪ Corrosive
▪ Flammable
▪ Volatile

Equipment
▪ Mechanical hazard
▪ Electrical hazard

Conditions
▪ Noisy environment
▪ Temperatures extremes
▪ Vibration present
▪ Poor or high Illumination

246
▪ Pressure (atmospheric force)
▪ Prolonged hours

"What if” Questions

▪ Anticipate hazardous situations
▪ Abnormal operating conditions
▪ Incorrect or out of sequence
▪ Additional attachments
▪ Replacements / alternatives
▪ Consequence

4 factors to identify hazards

▪ Physical action
▪ Material
▪ Equipment
▪ Condition

Physical Actions
• Modifying
• Rearranging
• Combining actions
• Change the process
• Training
• Use of PPE

Materials
• Substitution of materials
• Machine guarding
• Safeguarding
• Limit employee exposure
• Use of PPE

Equipment
▪ Installation of machine guards
▪ Use automatic safeguard devices,
▪ Replacement of a particular piece of equipment.
▪ Training, experience, skills
▪ Use of PPE should also be considered

Work Area Conditions

▪ Improved housekeeping procedures
▪ Installation of additional lighting
▪ Use ventilation system
▪ Noise reduction systems
▪ Vibration damping
▪ Use of PPE
▪ Relocation (isolation by place)
▪ Rescheduling (isolation by time)
▪ Redesign of the work area.
▪ Height
▪ Weight

247
▪ Distance

USING A JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS

▪ Developing or updating SOP’s
▪ Training employees
▪ Observing employee performance
▪ Conducting inspections
▪ Investigating accidents

Develop / improve SOP’s

▪ To constantly improve / develop written procedures to perform the job in the safest &
healthiest way possible.

Employee Training
▪ Ensuring that each job step is performed safely & efficiently
▪ To point out particular job steps / hazards that require special precautions.
▪ Refresher training (infrequent jobs)
▪ Increase awareness on hazards

Employee Observations
1. Guide in employee performance observations
2. Allows supervisors to focus on especially hazardous steps
3. Ensures employee is performing steps according to SOP

Inspections
• When developing inspection checklists, supervisors can use JHA’s to help identify
hazardous conditions that may need to be included.

Accident Investigations
• To determine if the job was being performed incorrectly
• To tell if a hazard was overlooked in the initial analysis.

248
 JHA’s - a simple step to safety
JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS JOB OR OPERATION TITLE

DEPARTMENT/DIVISION JOB LOCATION TITLE OF EMPLOYEE DOING JOB

DATE PERFORMED BY VERIIFIED BY

PERFORMED

SPECIAL OR PRIMARY HAZARDS

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED OR RECOMMENDED

BASIC JOB STEPS EXISTING AND POTENTIAL RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE

HAZARDS MEASURES

249
 ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION

Objectives: Upon completion of the module, participants will be able to:

1. Discuss the importance of accident investigation
2. Enumerate the types of accidents to be reported
3. Explain the basic procedure in the conduct of accident investigation
4. Know how to document an accident investigation
▪ Accomplish the Work Accident/Illness Report (WAIR) and Annual Accident/Illness
Exposure Data Reports (AEDR) based on cases given
▪ Compute sample Severity Rate and Frequency Rate (FR)

Accidents are the result of:

▪ Hazardous Acts
o Behaviors which could permit the occurrence of an accident or incident
o Deviation from standard procedures or practices
▪ Hazardous Conditions … which comes first?
o Circumstances which could permit the occurrence of an accident or incident
o Deviation from standard conditions (equipment, materials, or environment)

Investigations are conducted to :

▪ Prevent recurrence
▪ Comply with policies and regulatory requirements
▪ Improve Supervisor’s Management Approach
▪ Maintain employee awareness – HSE

Prevention is the reason for conducting an Accident Investigation

Unless the unsafe acts/conditions are:
▪ Identified,
▪ Eliminated or
▪ Controlled… similar mishaps will occur.

All accidents must be investigated:

▪ LTI
▪ Non-LTI
▪ Property Damage
▪ Near Misses

Near-Miss is an accident that:

▪ Did not happen
▪ Could happen … it is still investigated

Accident Investigations are usually considered a Supervisors responsibility . Advantages of

Supervisors over other investigators:
▪ More familiar with the people involved
▪ Better understanding of the operations and equipment
▪ Personal interest in Investigations

Team Effort
All employees should understand :
▪ What to report
▪ How to report

What to Report
▪ LTI
▪ Non-LTI

250
▪ Near Misses
▪ Unsafe Acts / Unsafe Conditions
▪ Hazards
▪ Property Damage
▪ Production Delay
▪ Theft

REASONS FOR FAILURE TO REPORT ACCIDENTS:

▪ Fear of discipline.
▪ Concern about record
▪ Concern about reputation
▪ Fear of medical treatment
▪ Dislike of medical personnel
▪ Desire to prevent work interruption
▪ Desire to keep personal record clean
▪ Avoidance of red tape
▪ Concern about attitude of others
▪ Poor understanding of importance

Whom to Report to
Names and Telephone numbers of Emergency Personnel to be posted conspicuously:
▪ Medical
▪ Fire
▪ Environmental Control
▪ Management

Managing the Accident Scene

Two Priorities:
▪ Care & Treatment of the Injured
▪ Elimination or control of Remaining Hazards

Care & Treatment of Injured

Supervisors can increase their ability to respond to Medical Emergencies by:
▪ Training in First Aid
▪ Drills under normal and abnormal conditions
▪ Liaison with hospitals

Controlling Remaining Hazards

If a hazardous environment or toxic materials exist:
▪ Notify necessary personnel
▪ Provide PPE to potentially exposed
▪ Refer to MSDS

Isolate the site

▪ To protect people from further injury
▪ To preserve evidence and valuable clues
Successful investigation is done …
▪ Immediately
▪ Completely
▪ Thoroughly

Investigate immediately, because:

▪ Operations are disrupted
▪ Memories fade
▪ Employees are at risk

251
Conducting the Investigation
1. Gather information
2. Analyze the facts
3. Make recommendations

Gathering Information (Preliminary Facts)

▪ NOI, POI, DOI, TOI
▪ personnel involved
▪ property damage
▪ environmental harm

Sources of Information
▪ Witnesses
▪ Physical evidence at the scene
▪ Existing records

Witnesses
▪ Victim and onlookers
▪ Those who heard what happened
▪ Saw area prior to incident
▪ Others with info about involved individuals, equipment or circumstances

Interviewing
1. Reassure the witness
2. Let the witness tell the story
3. Begin with open-ended questions
4. Don’t ask leading questions
5. Summarize
6. Ask for recommendations
7. Get written statements
8. Close on a positive note

A Healthy tip in asking Questions

When you ask questions, pretend you are blind, and you want a description which you can
picture in your imagination.

Physical Evidence
Provides information about an accident that witnesses may overlook or take for granted

Sketches
To record important details at the accident site for later study Include everything that could be
important:
▪ Floor plan from overhead view
▪ Location of involved man, machine, tool
▪ Size/location of transient evidences (spills, dust, footprints, skid marks)

Photographs capture
▪ detail
▪ color differences
▪ complex shapes difficult to recall

When taking Photographs, follow some tips

▪ General area
▪ Detailed shots
▪ Show scale on small objects
▪ Indicate reference point

252
 ▪ Better to take too many than too few

Examining :Materials, Machines, Environment

Machines & Equipment

▪ Physical condition
▪ Position of switches/levers
▪ Reading of gauges
▪ Safeguards
▪ Warning devices

Material
Position and condition can indicate
▪ Misuse
▪ Abuse
▪ Disuse
▪ Improper handling
▪ Damage
Material – Chemical
If chemicals are involved:
▪ correct item used
▪ correct concentration
▪ expired
▪ contaminated
▪ MSDS availability

Environment (Work)
▪ Weather conditions
▪ Illumination
▪ Noise
▪ Housekeeping

If items have to be removed from the scene for detailed examination:

▪ Log and Label
▪ Secure storage & transport
▪ Avoid contamination
▪ Guard against tampering and loss
▪ Appropriate HSE warnings

Existing Records
▪ Employee records
▪ Equipment records
▪ Job or Task records
▪ Previous Accident Investigation reports

Analyzing the Facts

▪ Fault trees
▪ Process safety review
▪ Change analysis- Compares how a job was actually performed with the way it should have
been performed

Recommending Corrective Actions

▪ Specific
▪ Measurable
▪ Attainable
▪ Realistic

253
 ▪ Time-bound
Follow-up –
It’s the best way to ensure that recommendations are carried out

Documenting an Accident Investigation

Report forms require four basic types of information
▪ General information
▪ A Summary
▪ An Analysis
▪ Recommendations

Reports should be
▪ Clear
▪ Detailed
▪ Neat
▪ Legible

Reminder
▪ Look beyond the direct causes of the accident …
▪ Find out what can be done to eliminate the underlying reason for the hazardous behaviors
and conditions that lead to the mishap.

Management Approach
▪ Training
▪ Inspections
▪ Job Hazard Analysis
▪ Safety Meetings

Summary
Investigations are a valuable Accident Prevention Tool
▪ Be prepared
▪ Investigate thoroughly
▪ Determine the causes
▪ Develop and recommend appropriate corrective measures

Accident Investigation is not just for incidents involving serious injury, its for ANY occurrence that has
even the POTENTIAL of causing harm.

Please refer to DOLE/BWC/OHSD/IP-6, otherwise known as the “Employees Work Accident /

Illness Report” form on page 89 or to your OSH standards

254
255
BASIC ROOT CAUSES:
Primary causes of an event, that when corrected with prevent occurrence of direct
causes:
▪ inadequate maintenance of equipment
▪ inadequate codes and standards
▪ insufficient employee safety training
▪ safe work practices inadequately followed
▪ faulty design of work area
▪ supervisors not performing duties

The Domino Theory

Ancestry & Basic Causes Immediate Accident Losses

Social Env. Causes

Remote Personal Unsafe Acts Time Person

causes of Factors Injuries
Date
personal
Job Factors Unsafe Damage to
failure / Place
Conditions property
unsafe acts
that lead to Event
Unquantified
accidents losses

256
257
258
259
Supervisors Accident Investigation Report (SAIR) Form

260
261
 MONTHLY ACCIDENT (Property Damage) SUMMARY REPORT

Evaluation of Safety Performance

▪ Evaluation of disability – determine whether the accident that occurred is a disabling injury
(death, permanent total, permanent partial, or temporary partial, temporary total disability) or
first aid case only.
▪ Determine employee hours of exposure – as much as possible, use actual employee exposure
based on time clock or payroll records. However, if such is not available, calculated man-hours
can be used on the following procedure:

262
 Calculate for Frequency and Severity Rate:

No. of disabling injury/illness x 1,000,000

FR = --------------------------------------------------
Employee-hour of exposure

Total days lost x 1,000,000

SR = ---------------------------------------------
Employee-hour of exposure

Assumption of 500 workers working at 40 hrs./wk. and 50 wks. Per year = 1,000,000

Disabling Injury Frequency Rate

FR = # of disabling injuries x 1,000,000
Employee hours of exposure

Disabling Injury Severity Rate

SR = Total Days Charged x 1,000,000
Employee hours of exposure

Disabling Injury Index

= (Disabling Injury FR) x (Disabling Injury (SR)
1,000,000

Reportable Non-LTI Frequency Rate:

▪ Non-LTI cases where the worker was able to return to work the following day.

An Accident may be considered to have been

ARISING OUT OF and IN THE COURSE OF EMPLOYMENT when :

▪ It occurred while the worker was performing his official function, at the place where his work
requires him be, and if elsewhere, the worker must have been executing an order for the
employer.
▪ While the worker was performing an act within the time and space limits of his employment to
minister to personal comfort, (satisfaction of thirst, hunger or other physical demands, and to
provide protection for himself)
▪ While the worker was going to or coming from place of work; provided however, that there was
no diversion from usual route.
▪ While the worker was engaged in company sponsored activities (field trips, picnics, sports
activities, etc)
▪ While the worker was on board a shuttle bus or any vehicle provided by the company.

263
 HEINRICH’s DOMINO THEORY:
▪ Heinrich’s theory analyzes accidents based on five factors that are assumed to occur in a
fixed, chronological order that results to injury, but otherwise believes that when one of the
domino or factor is removed, accidents could be prevented.
▪ Ancestry and social environment
▪ Creation of hazard (personal fault or failure)
▪ Unsafe act or condition
▪ Accident
▪ Injury

Please refer to DOLE/BWC/OHSD/IP-6, otherwise known as the “Employees Work Accident /

Illness Report” form on page 89 or to your OSH standards

264
265
266
267
268
Summary:
▪ Accident Investigation is a methodical effort to collect and interpret the facts of
accident in order to explore actions
▪ A formal policy requiring the proper and consistent reporting of all accidents is one of
the most important principles of accident investigations programs
▪ There are DOLE reportorial requirements related to accdident reporting and recording
SR and FR; Rule 1050

TOOLBOX MEETING
General Contents
▪ Letter Y of Section 1 of DO#13
Y) “Tool box meeting or gang meeting” refers to daily meeting among workers and their
respective supervisors for the purpose of instructions, discussion and proper briefing on the
planned work, the assessment of past work, the possibility or actual occurrence of accidents at
the site, tips and suggestions on how to prevent possible accidents and other related matters.

A Toolbox Meeting is an informal group discussion that focuses on a particular safety issue. These
tools can be used daily to promote your departments safety culture. Meetings are normally short in
duration and are generally conducted at the job site prior to the commencement of a job or work shift.
It is also intended to facilitate health and safety discussions on the job site. Tool box meetings is an
excellent and quick way of increasing safety involvement and awareness.

269
What is the Purpose of Toolbox Meeting?
Companies hold tool box meetings to discuss safety issues and hazards in the workplace. These
meetings are an ideal way to introduce new concepts or procedures and to offer a time for questions
or discussions with employees. Tool box meetings also promote good relationships between
employers and employees. Be sure to offer a time for employees to discuss issues: When employees
are asked their opinions, they may feel more valued by the company.

How toolbox meeting called “toolbox meeting”?

“The name comes from the team gathering around a toolbox at a construction site for the talk, but
these meetings can be held at any workplace; Harvard University's Environmental Health & Safety
recommends departments hold monthly 15-minute talks. Other names are tailgate meetings, safety
time-outs and crew briefings.”

▪ Safety committee and their relationships with tool box meetings

▪ Maintaining active participation/worker’s interests in tool box meetings

How to run toolbox Meeting?

1. Schedule the meeting
Let the team know where and when the meeting is. At the start of the day works best with most
workplaces.
2. Set the scene for the meeting -— keep it real and be positive
Encourage everyone to join in and provide their own feedback, knowledge and experiences. Use
simple language for everyone to understand to convey the key health and safety messages.
Toolbox meetings are an opportunity to provide positive feedback for safe actions, hard work and
initiatives. It’s also important to avoid criticism and acknowledge everyone for their contributions. The
meeting shouldn’t be a lecture, but a chance for engagement with the team.
Ensure that running and attending toolbox safety meetings is recognized as an important part of a
person’s role. If the worker regards health and safety as an add-on, it will often be neglected.

270
3. Follow an agenda
Follow an agenda to make sure you cover everything off:
1. Inform workers of changes to company procedures
2. Identify new hazards and review existing hazards
3. Develop/review hazard controls
4. Discuss/review accident and incident data
5. Discuss the work schedule for the day/week ahead
6. Have company leaders talk about the business direction or a particular
topic
7. Discuss any new equipment on site
8. Provide a short training session (Site Safe provides exclusive toolbox talk
topics to its members for upskilling and informing workers).

4. Close the meeting

Thank the team for their time and let them get to work.

5. Record meeting notes

Details of meetings should be recorded and kept on file. Record meeting dates, attendees and
discussion items. Show follow-up items from previous hazards, accidents and incidents

For the Toolbox Meeting?

Here are some key points to remember while delivering
toolbox talks to the workforce:

1). Relate information directly towards field activities.

2). Ensure your message is clear and understood.
3). Provide questions and answers sessions at the end.
4). Encourage group interaction but keep them on track.
5). Take your time. Do not rush a toolbox talk.
6). Always identify who their immediate supervisors are
and explain that all issues should go through their
supervisors first and foremost before being taken to others.

Toolbox Meeting before starting work;

Hold a group meeting with all workers attending.

▪ Explain all directions received at safety meetings and schedule meetings;

▪ Explain the nature of the operation and the work plan;

STEPS IN Tool Box MEETING:

▪ OPENING PRAYER
PRAYER: ADORATION
CONFESSION
THANKSGIVING
SUPPLICATION

271
 ▪ ATTENDANCE CHECK
▪ PHYSICAL EXERCISE
▪ Health Check
▪ WORK PLAN
▪ SAFETY TALK

▪ Explain the role of each worker (proper work assignment);

▪ Confirm the qualification and skill of each worker;
▪ Discover safety problems by danger searching activity;
▪ Check clothing and protective devices of workers (hang-over, lack of sleep, etc.)

Safety committee and their relationship with tool box meetings:

▪ Create a good environment for safety ideas, everyone is more likely to accept them.
▪ It would be a good practice to get the people to see how many safe attitudes they can think of.

Maintaining active participation/worker’s interests in tool box meetings:

▪ Let workers take part in the discussions about how accidents can be prevented.
▪ Let the worker see how many safe attitudes they can think of.
▪ Attitudes for safety grow. New workers are influenced by the behavior of veteran workers and
others who they took to as leaders.
▪ Implement a Safety Promotion Program.
▪ Providing interesting safety topics.

SAFETY TOOL BOX TOPICS

▪ Your Friend the Hard Hat
▪ Eye Protection
▪ Hand Protection
▪ Safety Shoes
▪ Hearing Safety
▪ Material Handling
▪ Safe Lifting
▪ Moving Heavy Machinery
▪ Lifting with Cranes and Hoist
▪ Fire Safety
▪ Unsafe Acts in Construction
▪ Welding and Cutting Safety
▪ Handling of Compressed Gases
▪ Lock-Out for Safety
▪ Safe Ladder Usage
▪ Flammable Liquids
▪ Scaffolding
▪ Slips and Falls
▪ Noise of the Job
▪ Struck-by Accidents

Roles of Health and Safety Committees

▪ A health and safety committee can be an important way to improve conditions on the job. The
▪ committee provides a forum for employees and management to work together to solve health
and
▪ safety problems. An effective committee can help prevent injury and illness on the job;
increase

272
 ▪ awareness of health and safety issues among workers, supervisors, and managers; and
develop
▪ strategies to make the work environment safe and healthy.
▪ The following is a list of some possible roles of a health and safety committee.

Hazard Identification, Evaluation, and Control

▪ Review injury data, accident reports, and workers’ compensation records.
▪ Conduct regular walk around inspections to identify potential health and safety hazards.
▪ Conduct safety and health job analyses to identify problems
▪ Design and conduct health and safety surveys.
▪ Collect and review Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs).
▪ Propose and evaluate various ways to improve safety conditions.
▪ Get recommendations acted upon.
▪ Review and evaluate corrective actions taken by management.
▪ Temporarily “shut down” unsafe operations until a hazard is corrected.
▪ Collect and review information on new chemicals, procedures, and processes before they are
▪ introduced.
▪ Participate in studies conducted by outside researchers or consultants.
▪ Establish or improve procedures for employees to report safety hazards or suggest
improvements
▪ without fear of reprisal.

Information and Education

▪ Respond to concerns raised by workers, supervisors and managers.
▪ Recommend training for new employees, supervisors, and managers and refresher training on
▪ health and safety practices, procedures and emergency response.
▪ Plan and organize training programs.
▪ Establish or improve procedures for employees to report health symptoms without
▪ fear of reprisal.
▪ Keep workers, supervisors, and managers informed about the committee’s activities.

Accident/Incident Investigations
▪ Investigate accidents, including their root causes.
▪ Establish procedures for reviewing reports of all safety incidents, including accidents, illnesses
▪ and deaths.
▪ Review accident/incident reports and make recommendations for appropriate corrective
action.
▪ Develop systems for reporting accidents and “near misses.”

Safety and Health Planning

▪ Establish procedures to review inspection reports.
▪ Recommend and track new safety and health rules and work practices.
▪ Review proposed equipment purchases and make recommendations.
▪ Regularly review and evaluate the employer’s Injury and Illness Prevention Program (IIPP).
▪ Develop a tracking system that enables the committee to monitor progress on safety issues.

Making Health and Safety Committees Effective

Committee Membership and Procedures
▪ Make sure there is equal representation of workers and managers.
▪ Have workers or their union pick their own representatives.
▪ Make sure there are senior managers on the committee who have the authority to

273
 make decisions.
▪ Choose members who will be active and productive team players. Both management and
▪ employee representatives should be fully committed to the committee’s work.
▪ Make sure management and employee representatives share responsibility for setting
agendas and goals, chairing meetings, and taking on specific tasks.
▪ Agree on guidelines for effective communication and mutual respect among committee
members.
▪ Establish procedures for employees to report hazards or suggest safety improvements to the
committee without fear of reprisal.

Resources Needed
▪ Secure support from all levels of the organization to commit adequate time and resources to
▪ make the committee successful.
▪ Make sure all members receive enough training to be effective on the committee.
▪ Provide adequate paid work time for members to attend meetings and carry out their
committee
▪ responsibilities.
▪ Ensure that committee members have access to the worksite and to all relevant information
▪ necessary to carry out their duties.
▪ Use outside experts, as needed.

Planning the Meeting

▪ Plan the meeting with management and worker representatives, including prioritizing the
topics
▪ that should be covered and when and where the meeting will be held.
▪ Send the agenda and other relevant committee information to committee members and other
▪ interested parties at least five days prior to the meeting.
▪ Review minutes from the last meeting and check on the status of any pending actions.
▪ Review any concerns and suggestions from workers or supervisors so they can be brought to
the
▪ committee.

Running a Productive Meeting

▪ Start on time.
▪ Establish the ground rules:
▪ Ensure there is agreement on process. For example, will disagreements be resolved by formal
▪ votes?
▪ Maintain open and balanced discussion, and make sure everyone has an equal chance to
speak.
▪ Define and agree upon roles and responsibilities.
▪ Keep the focus on safety and health issues. Do not allow personal attacks.
▪ Seek approval of the agenda by participants. Revise if needed.
▪ Introduce new members and guests.
▪ Set clear time limits for discussion of agenda items.
▪ Review action items from the previous meeting.
▪ Try to make progress on smaller steps while working toward larger objectives.
▪ Keep good minutes of the meeting to document decisions made.
▪ Establish action items and responsibilities: Who, what, and when?
▪ Set the date, time, and place of the next meeting, and develop a preliminary agenda.
▪ Evaluate the meeting. Were expectations met? Was the agenda followed? Were problems
▪ resolved? Can future meetings be improved?

274
 ▪ Close the meeting on time and on a positive note.

Meeting Follow-up
▪ Prepare the meeting minutes.
▪ Distribute and/or post the minutes.
▪ Follow up on action items and publicize your successes

Summary:
▪ The company’s OSH program should be communicated in all levels of the organization and all
stakeholders (employers, workers, subcontractors, service providers, clients)
▪ Good communication is important in the effective implementation of a company’s OSH
program
▪ The conduct of OSH trainings and facilitation of OSH meetings are among the roles of the
safety officer.

ROLE OF SAFETY OFFICERS

ROLES/FUNCTIONS/DUTIES:
▪ Provides continuous training and education to all employees on health and safety programs
▪ Conducts daily safety audits/inspections
▪ Inspects Fire Fighting Equipments regularly
▪ Reviews and implements policies on health and safety, making sure these are understood and
followed by all employees
▪ Establishes policies on health and safety and updates these to present trends and practices
▪ Coordinates and establish network with government and private agencies in implementing
policies and programs on health and safety in the workplace
▪ Conducts audits on safety systems and policies of suppliers and subcontracts and
recommends
▪ Conducts JHA on a regular basis
▪ Maintains accurate and complete accidents and incidents records system
▪ Plays major role in the Emergency Brigade Team
▪ Initiates and facilitates meetings with Central Safety Committee/Crisis management Teams
and or , Emergency Brigade Teams and Senior Leadership team
▪ Prepares and submits timely and accurate accident and incident reports to DOLE

QUALITIES:
▪ Must have leadership skills
▪ Must be good in oral and communication skills
▪ Must have attention to details
▪ Must know how to conduct consequence management and do corrective actions plans
and developmental plans
▪ Must be flexible in hours
▪ Must have sense of urgency
▪ Must have good interpersonal skills
▪ Must have completed trainings on BOSH, LMC, etc
▪ Must be a certified First Aider and CPR Resuscitator
▪ Must be a good role model to employees
▪ Must have a good credibility and integrity
▪ Must have no corrective action in the past 6 months
▪ Must be a performer in his/her current position

275
SAFETY OFFICERS, PROFESSIONALS,
WHAT THE COMPANY EXPECTS?
QUALITIES OF A SAFETY OFFICER
▪ Positive Behavior, Attitude, values, habits
▪ Pro-active
▪ Competent, Efficient and Effective
▪ Consistent
▪ Knowledgeable
▪ Good Communication Skill (Oral & Written)
▪ Good Rapport
▪ Commands respect, credible
▪ Good Personality
▪ Quality Leadership and supervision
▪ Teamwork, Human Relations
▪ Motivate employees

WHAT QUALITIES WE MUST HAVE?

▪ POSITIVE THINKER
▪ FORWARD-LOOKING
▪ WORLD, MACRO, BROAD PERSPECTIVES
▪ EMPOWERED
▪ GUTS

DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF SITE SAFETY MANAGER/ SUPT./SUPVR.:

1. Formulate safety policies, rules and regulations
2. Manage overall site implementation of the company safety program.
3. Represent the company in all matters pertaining to safety, security, health & environmental
issues and perform all related coordination activities.
4. Be familiar with the operations of the company or project, its specific emergency handling
procedures and ensure proper understanding of critical aspects of the operations/project
5. Keep an organized and up-to-date record of all recordable injuries, fires, motor vehicle
accidents, property damage, crane / heavy equipment incident, including nearmiss, first aid
cases and all other pertinent safety records.
6. Understand all safety, health, security and environmental requirements as per Company
Safety Plan. Ensure compliance of workforce, contractors and subcontractors.
7. Conduct documented pre-site deployment safety orientation / induction.
8. Promote the value and appropriate behavior of safety.
9. Conduct or facilitate safety training / refresher courses with the site workforce in conjunction
with site management.
10. Conduct Accident Investigation and Analysis
11. Perform Risk Assessment/JSA/JHA.
12. Keep a record of every weekly safety meetings on site, complete with subject discussed and a
list of attendees.
13. Supervise conduct of emergency drills and simulations
14. Set a personal example.

DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF SAFETY OFFICER:

1. Conduct Safety Audit and inspections and Perform full time and continuous safety coverage /
monitoring of the work site.

276
 2. Promote the value and appropriate behavior of safety

3. Report to and assist his site supervisor / manager in the overall implementation approved
company Safety Plan

4. Coordinate for safety, health, security & environmental issues with the client counterpart in the
field that affect day-to-day operation.

5. Be familiar with the company established emergency procedures.

6. Carry out site surveys to see that only safe work methods are in operation, that health & safety
requirements are being observed, and welfare facilities are adequate and properly maintained.

7. Determine the cause of any incident including nearmisses and recommend means of
preventing their recurrence.

8. Keep up-to-date with recommended codes of practice and safety literatures. Circulate
information to each level of employees.

9. Assist site safety manager in training employees of selected disciplines.

10. Supervise / monitor daily toolbox meetings or pre-job instruction meetings of foremen /
supervisors.

11. Foster within the company an understanding that injury prevention and damage control are an
integral part of business and operational efficiency.

12. Stop employees whenever unsafe acts or conditions are noted.

13. Monitor and ensure compliance of field workforce with the Permit To Work System.

14. Conduct Accident Investigation and Analysis

15. Perform Risk Assessment/Job Safety Analysis/Job Hazard Analysis (JSA/JHA)

16. Conduct of emergency drills and simulations

17. Submit safety related reports to the management and government regulatory bodies

18. Advise site management through his immediate superior, on the following
▪ Attainable means to improve working conditions, existing work methods and practices.
▪ Ways to prevent fires, injury, damage to equipment & facilities.
▪ Contractual concerns affecting safety, health & welfare of employees.
▪ Provision and use of special protective clothing and equipment for specific tasks
▪ Set a personal example

Safety Officers Required Inspections:

▪ Daily Site Inspection – Utilized “Daily Safety Observation Report” and Safety Non-
conformance forms
▪ Spot inspection of employees tools, PPE and other equipment.
▪ Daily brief check of all working platform, barriers/barricades and safety signboards.

277
 ▪ Random check of all mobile and stationary machineries at the work site.
▪ Daily check for the provision of egress and ingress all around the work site.
▪ Advise site management through his immediate superior, on the following
▪ Attainable means to improve working conditions, existing work methods and practices.
▪ Ways to prevent fires, injury, damage to equipment & facilities.
▪ Contractual concerns affecting safety, health & welfare of employees.
▪ Provision and use of special protective clothing and equipment for specific tasks
▪ Set a personal example

Promoting Discipline and order in the Site

▪ Safety Officers shall participate in controlling employees during knock off time / break time
and lunch time.
▪ Actively control traffic flow at the worksite.

SAFETY OBJECTIVES AND MISSION STATEMENT

▪ ZERO LOST TIME ACCIDENT
▪ Recordable Case Incident Rate
▪ Restricted Workday Case Incident Rate
▪ Lost Workday Incident Rate
▪ Excellent Safety, Health and Environment Performance Record.

HAZARDS MANAGEMENT
▪ Daily Inspection of Safety Personnel
▪ Weekly Client / Management HSE Inspection
▪ Monthly Inspection of tools & equipment
▪ Daily drivers / operators pre-start inspection
▪ Weekly Inspection of scaffolds
▪ Daily inspection of excavation
▪ Daily inspection of power tools and rigging equipment by the user before and after each use.
▪ Gas testing of confined spaces
▪ Monitoring of compliance with Permit To Work System.

SAFETY MEETINGS
▪ Orientation of employees.
▪ Weekly Mass Toolbox Meeting (every Saturday)
▪ Supervisors Safety Meeting - weekly
▪ Safety Officers Safety Meeting- weekly
▪ Safety Committee Meeting – weekly
▪ Safety officers 1245h briefing
▪ Daily Coordination Meeting with Client
▪ Others

SAFETY PHILOSOPHY @ WORK

“THE WORK IS NEVER SO URGENT OR IMPORTANT, THAT ONE CANNOT TAKE THE TIME TO
PERFORM IT SAFELY. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EVERYONE TO DO HIS UTMOST TO
PREVENT ACCIDENTS, SO THAT ALL CAN LEAVE THE JOB AND RETURNED BACK TO THEIR
LOVEONES IN THE SAME CONDITION THEY ARRIVED.”

“THE WORK AND PERSONAL HEALTH, WELFARE AND WELL BEING OF EMPLOYEES ARE
EQUAL IN IMPORTANCE, THAT EVERYONE MUST TAKE THE TIME AND EXHAUST HIS/HER
BEST TO PERFORM HIS/HER WORK SAFELY. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EVERYONE ON

278
SITE TO APPLY EVERY POSSIBLE MEASURE, TO ENSURE THAT ALL LEAVE THE JOB IN THE
SAME CONDITION THEY ARRIVED.”
“ THAT ALL ACCIDENTS ARE PREVENTABLE, IT ONLY NEEDS AN EFFECTIVE SAFETY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS”

HOW TO MAKE THINGS HAPPEN?

▪ Make things happen, I take charge of my life and am a difference maker.
▪ Achieve personal significance, I live my life with a sense of destiny.
▪ XCross out the negatives, I embrace problems as positive opportunities.
▪ Internalize right principles, I center my life on bedrock principles.
▪ March to a mission, I passionately pursue my mission.
▪ Integrate all of Life, I keep all vital area of my life in balance.
▪ Zero in on caring for people, I put others first and honestly serve them.
▪ Energize internally, I cultivate my character and spirit.
▪ Realign rigorously, I keep adjusting to needs.
▪ Stay the course, I never, never, never quit.

Everything I need to know about LIFE?

I learned from Noah’s ark

▪ Don’t miss the boat.

▪ Remember, we are in the same boat.
▪ Plan ahead, it wasn’t raining when Noah built the ark.
▪ Stay physically, mentally, socially and spiritually Fit.
▪ Listen to critics constructively.
▪ Build your future on high grounds.
▪ For safety’s sake, travel in pairs.
▪ Speed is a competitive advantage.
▪ When you are stressed, float a while.
▪ Remember, the ark was built by amateurs, the Titanic was built by professionals
▪ No matter the storm, when you are with GOD,
▪ there’s always a rainbow waiting.

EMPLOYEE’S COMPENSATION PROGRAM

WORK CONTINGENCY PREVENTION is not a 100% guarantee against work-connected
sickness, injury or death.

That’s why there is the EMPLOYEES’ COMPENSATION PROGRAM.

THE EMPLOYEES’ COMPENSATION PROGRAM

▪ Designed to provide employees and their families with income benefits, medical, and other
benefits in the event of work-connected sickness, injury or death.

Compensable Diseases
▪ Not all diseases are compensable
▪ Only diseases caused by work or the working environment is compensable

279
 ▪ Other diseases not in the list may still be compensable if employee can establish causal
connection with:
o the nature of his work or
o the working environment
“Increased Risk Theory”
but not for pre-existing disease

Compensability of Injuries
▪ For the INJURY and the resulting disability or death to be compensable, the injury must be the
result of an accident arising out of or in the course of employment.

Seven instances where injury can be compensable:

1. Happened at the workplace
2. Happened while performing official function
3. Outside of workplace but performing an order of his employer
4. When going to or coming from work
5. While ministering to personal comfort
6. While in a company shuttle bus
7. During a company sponsored activity

Excepting Circumstances:
▪ Intoxication
▪ Notorious negligence
▪ Willful intent to injure oneself or another

ECP Benefits:
▪ Loss of Income Benefit
▪ Medical Benefits
▪ Carer’s Allowance
▪ Death Benefits
▪ Rehabilitation Services

Loss of Income Benefit

▪ Under the ECP, it is not the illness or injury that is compensated.
▪ It is the incapacity to work (DISABILITY) as a result of the illness or injury.

Type of Disability:
a. Temporary Total Disability (TTD)
b. Permanent Total Disability (PTD)
c. Permanent Partial Disability (PPD)

280
Daily Income Benefit for TTD:
▪ for disabilities not exceeding 120 days
▪ paid from the first day of disability
▪ may go beyond 120 days but not to exceed 240 days
▪ P90/day for public sector employees
▪ P200/day for private sector employees

Monthly Income Benefit for PTD:

For disability that is permanent and total, which includes, but not limited to:
▪ Complete loss of sight of both eyes
▪ Loss of two limbs or complete paralysis of two limbs
▪ Brain injury resulting in imbecility or insanity

Monthly Income Benefit for PTD

▪ guaranteed for life if disability remains until death of the worker, but may be suspended due to
the following
o failure to present for examination
o failure to submit quarterly medical report
o complete or full recovery
o upon being gainfully employed

Permanent Partial Disability

▪ Loss of the use of a body part including function loss
▪ Lump sum or monthly pension for PPD per ECC schedule

Monthly Income Benefit for Permanent Loss of the Use of Body Part or Permanent Partial
Disability (PPD)

281
Medical Benefits:
▪ Ward services for hospital confinement
▪ Medical attendance by an accredited doctor
▪ Surgical expense benefit
▪ Reimbursement of cost of medicines

Carer’s Allowance
▪ Granted to employee who gets permanently and totally disabled and has difficulty taking care
of basic personal needs
▪ P575/month allowance for the private sector employees only

Death Benefits:
▪ Monthly Income Benefit pension to beneficiary plus 10% for each dependent child not
exceeding five
▪ Funeral benefit of P10,000 for private sector; P3,000 for public sector

Rehabilitation Services for ODW’s:

▪ Physical Therapy
➢ Rehabilitation appliances, e.g. hearing aid, crutches, wheelchair, etc.
▪ KaGabay Program of ECC
➢ Re-skilling for re-employment
➢ Training for entrepreneurship

KAGABAY PROGRAM
KATULONG AT GABAY SA MANGGAGAWANG MAY KAPANSANAN

What is the KAGABAY Program?

- It is a component of the Employees’ Compensation Program (ECP) that extends
Rehabilitation services to Occupationally Disabled Workers (ODWs)

ECC-QUICK RESPONSE TEAM PROGRAM(ECC-QRTP)

o The Employees’ Compensation Commission (ECC) extends assistance to private and public
sector employees or their dependents in the event of work-related sickness, injury or death. In
view of this, the ECC believes that there is a need for its presence to be felt as soon as the
contingency occurs. It is on this premise that the ECC-QRTP was created.

Availing of ECP Benefits

▪ Claims for EC Benefits are filed
with the System
o SSS for private sector
o GSIS for public sector

▪ Fill up prescribed forms and

attach supporting documents
such as
o Proof of job description
o medical/hospital records

282
Availment of ECP Benefits:
PRESCRIPTIVE PERIOD
▪ No claim for compensation shall be given due course unless said claim is filed with the
Systems within THREE (3) years from the time the cause of action accrued.

In summary…
The Employees Compensation Program
▪ is a good program in concretizing the State’s concern for the Filipino working man.
▪ It has benefited more than 4.2 million workers and their families to the tune of over Php
30 Billion.
▪ Enjoyed only by those with Employee Employer relationship
▪ Coverage/entitlement to benefits begin on the first day of employment
▪ Benefits are in addition to SSS and PhilHealth benefits

The ECP Benefits are welcome but…

“di bale ng hindi ako mabiyayaan ng Employees’ Compensation Program huwag lang akong
magkasakit o ma-aksidente ng dahil sa trabaho.”

Employees’ Compensation Commission

ECC Building, 355 Sen. Gil J. Puyat Avenue
Makati City

SA ECC… “HIGIT PA SA BENEPISYO ANG BINIBIGAY NA SERBISYO”

Summary:
▪ The ECP is enjoyed only by those with Employee-Employer relationship
▪ ECP coverage/entitlement to benefits begin on the first day of employment
▪ ECP benefits are in addition to SSS and PhilHealth benefits
▪ The ECP benefits are welcome but it is better to be safe than injured or ill because of work

OSH PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT

Objectives: Upon completion of the module, participants will be able to:
1. Identify the elements of the DOLE prescribed OSH Program
2. Explain the roles, commitment and participation of various levels of the organization in
implementing the OSH Program; and
3. Review how to fill out the DOLE reportorial requirements correctly.

Introduction:
▪ A safety program is a plan or outline of activities conducted to promote consciousness
among management and workers in workplaces
in order to eliminate or minimize accidents and/or illness to the lowest reducible level.

▪ Safety program organization is the method employed by management to assign

responsibility for accident prevention and
to ensure performances under that responsibilities.

283
BASIC ELEMENTS OF A SAFETY PROGRAM
1. Leadership and Administration
(Declaration of Policy - Assumption of Responsibility)

2. Organizational Rules
(Top operating officials - safety directors - supervisors - committees)

3. Safety Meetings
(Committee – Tool Box – Safety Talks)

4. Safety Training and Seminars

(For Line Managers -For workers - Contractors)
5. Safety Inspections and Audit
(Behavioral and condition observation)

6. An Accident/Incident Record Systems

(Accident Analysis - Reports on Injuries – Measurement of results)

7. Absenteeism/ Health and Environmental Control

(Placement examinations - treatment of injuries - first aid services – Periodic Health
Examinations)

8. Emergency Preparedness Program

(Emergency Response/Rescue Team)

9. Good Housekeeping
(5S – cost/loss reduction)
10. Personal Protective Equipment
(Minimum and appropriate PPE)

11. Safety and Health Incentives and Promotions

(Motivation and Awareness)

12. Contractor Safety

(Training - compliance)

284
13. Community Consultation
(Team building)

14. Safety Budget and Target

(Annual safety activities)

There are basic elements for a successful safety program:

Management Leadership
(assumption of responsibility, declaration of policy)- There is a need for the management to make a
written statement of its attitude toward safety in the workplace. These can be set forth in a policy,
which must be brief and clearly defined management attitude.
▪ Enforce safe practices and conditions
▪ Comply with company policy
▪ Follow safe instructions
▪ Obtain good preventive maintenance of equipment or selection of proper equipment when
purchased.

Safety Policy Structure

A Safety Policy should basically state that;
▪ The safety of employees, the public and the company operations are paramount.
▪ Safety will take precedence over expediency or shortcuts.
▪ Every attempt will be made to reduce the possibility of accident occurrence and,
▪ The company intends to comply with all safety laws and ordinances

Policy Statement
▪ An organization’s health and safety policy should be a clear statement of principles, which
serves as a guide to action. Senior management must be totally committed to ensuring that
the policy is carried out with no exceptions. Health and safety policy must be and be seen to
be, on a par with all other organizational policies.

As with health and safety programs, no one policy is suitable for all organizations. The policy
statement can be brief, but should mention:
▪ the objectives of the program
▪ the organization’s basic health and safety philosophy
▪ the general responsibilities of all employees
▪ the ways employees can participate in health and safety activities.
▪ Stated in clear and concise terms.
▪ Signed by the incumbent Chief Executive Officer
▪ Kept up to date
▪ Communicated to each employee
▪ Adhered to in all work activities.

Ingredients to a successful safety program:

a. Get support from senior management.
b. Generate open communication and involvement from all employees
c. Form a volunteer safety committee
d. Implement a recognition program
e. Communicate often

285
Assignment of Responsibility ( to operating officials, safety directors, supervisors and health and
safety committees)
▪ When a safety policy has been set, the management delegates the everyday task of carrying
out said policy to the managers, supervisors, foremen, foreladies, and /or safe and health
committee.
▪ The head of the operating unit can set the example for placing health and safety in equal
emphasis and weight in matters of production, cost and quality by:
1. Actively supporting the company’s health and safety policy.
2. The establishment of a health and safety committee which is an excellent means of
developing implementing and maintaining safety and accident prevention measures in
the workplace.
3. Each of her/his employees (workers) understand the chemical and physical properties
of the materials stored, handled or used by him/her
4. The necessary precautions are observed when using equipment, including the use of
proper safeguards and PPE.

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SAFETY:

1. Chief Operating Officer / General Manager:

a. Initiate the company’s safety program.
b. Administer the policy himself or appoint a senior staff to do so.
c. Know the requirements of the Employee’s Compensation Commission and ensure that they
are observed.
d. Ensure that all supervisors are qualified and that they receive adequate and appropriate
training.

e. Make sure that a safety budget is allotted for the purchase of suitable and sufficient safety
equipment to enable the job to be done with minimum risk to personnel.
f. Coordinate safety activities with other department through the Safety Central Committee.

2. Loss Prevention Engineer:

a. Advise management on:

i. Legal and contractual requirements affecting

safety, health and the environment.

ii. Potential hazards before work starts

iii. Provision and use of personal protective

equipment.

iv. Ways to improve work methods.

b. Determine the cause of any accident a recommend measures to prevent recurrence of same.

c. Carry out survey to see that safe work method, health and safety requirements are being observed
and welfare and first aid facilities are adequate and properly maintained.

d. Record, analyze and collate data on injuries, damage to property and assess accident trends to
determine overall safety performance.

286
e. In collaboration with training, to conduct safety training for employees and supervisors.

f. Develop employee safety education program.

g. Act as secretary to the Central Safety Committee.

h. Prepare a monthly accident statistics report and submit a copy to the Bureau of Working
Conditions.

i. Set a personal example.

3. Supervisors / Foremen:

a. Inspect for compliance with safe work practices and safety rules.

b. Train his men to work safely.

c. Responsible for the maintenance of a safe workplace, housekeeping and enforce wearing of
personal protective equipment and clothing

d. Investigate and report all accidents and

correct causes.

e. Conduct safety meetings among his men

f. Responsible for obtaining prompt first aid to the injured.
g. The Front Line Supervisor is responsible to see that employees:
Understand the hazards associated with their work and the protective measures they must observe
Observe necessary precaution when using machine and equipment including safeguards and PPE;

Understand and follow established work procedures and practices for their safety.
h. Set a personal example.

4. Workers:

a. Uses the correct tools and personal protective equipment for the job.
b. Do nothing to endanger self or work mates
c. Keep tools in good working condition.
d. Refrain from horseplay and abuse of safety devices, equipment and welfare facilities
e. Report any accident, near misses or hazardous condition to immediate supervisor.
f. Work safely for your own good and that of your family.
g. Obey all posted warning signs

Maintenance of Safe Working Conditions (inspectors, engineering revisions, purchasing and

supervisors)
▪ Some protective measures to maintain safe working conditions within the plant are:
o Operational methods revision to eliminate risks
o Mechanical guarding
o Isolation of operation or storage
o Use of PPE
o Proper ventilation

287
 o Proper use and maintenance of tools and equipment
o Sufficient and proper lighting
o Sanitation
o Fire control measures

▪ The plant’s health and safety conditions can be appraised by keeping tract of the following:
▪ Regular routine inspection
▪ Special inspection
▪ Follow-ups, to see if recommendations for health and safety maintenance are met or carried
out.

Establishment of Safety Training

▪ Conduct of training course should be both for supervisors and employees. These are the
different kinds of training courses like:
▪ For new employees – to orient and/or familiarize newly hired personnel.
▪ On-the-job training – for those already under the service of the company for some time.
▪ Refresher service to reacquaint “old” personnel
▪ Supervisory training
▪ Participation in safety works
▪ Off the job.
▪ Conferences
▪ Workshops

ESTABLISHMENT OF SAFETY TRAINING:

1. General Safety Awareness (Induction):
a. Safety Rules and
Regulations
b. Safety Program
c. Personal Protective Equipment
d. Fire Protection Equipment its use,
care and maintenance.

2. Task Oriented Training (Supervisors):

a. Job Instructions
b. Job Safety Analysis
c. Safety Supervisory Course

3. Safety Engineer:
a. Occupational Safety
and Health Seminar
b. Loss Control Mgmt. Seminar
c. Safety Auditing Course
d. Fire Brigade Training Course
e. Lock and Tagout Procedure
f. First Aid / CPR
g. Others

▪ An Accident Record System (accident analysis reports on injuries – measurement of records)

Records are written account of accidents:

288
 ▪ they provide the Safety Director with the means for an objective evaluation of his Program
▪ they identify high injury rate to plants or departments
▪ they provide information on the causes of accidents, which contribute to high injury rates.

▪ RULE 1050 of the Occupational Safety and Health Standards states that establishments are
required to submit reports of work accidents and occupational illness, which resulted in
disabling injuries.
▪ The form DOLE/BWC/OSHD (Employer’s Report of Accident/Illness) should be accomplished
and submitted to the Regional Labor Office, copy furnished the Bureau of Working Conditions.
The form is a comprehensive tool covering pertinent data in recording and reporting
occupational accident/illnesses.

ACCIDENT RECORDS & REPORTS

1. It is recognized that statistics prepared in analytical form are of fundamental importance in directing
an efficient safety campaign.
2. They indicate information regarding WHERE, WHEN, HOW, and to WHOM injuries are occurring.
3. Every supervisors should investigate accident as they occur in his area of responsibility. Injuries
are warning signs.

FR = No. of LTA x 200,000

Total Man-hours Worked

SR = Total Lost Workdays x 200,000

Total Man-hours Worked

289
 Sectional Distribution - April 2007

Medical and First Aid System

(placement examinations, treatment of injuries, first aid services and periodic health examinations)
▪ The medical department of a company is tasked with the following pertinent activities:
▪ conducts pre-employment physical examination for proper physical check-up and proper
placement of workers.
▪ Conducts periodic physical examination of workers exposed to harmful toxic substances.
▪ Arrange surveys of new operations or processes to know what exposures are determined to
health that may be present.
▪ Establishes a system for assigning injured workers on the kind of job they can handle in spite
of their condition.

Acceptance of Personal Responsibility of Employees

(training and maintenance of interest)- Employees too must have obligations for a Safety Program to
succeed:
▪ They must observe safe practices and procedures
▪ Have regard at all times to safety of fellow employees
▪ Use his knowledge and influence to prevent accidents
▪ Report to proper authorities any unsafe conditions that may call his attention.
▪ Contribute his ideas, suggestions, recommendations for the improvement of working
conditions to achieve maximum safety

290
Aside from training, the management has means at its disposal to maintain a high interest in
safety.
Such promotional methods include:

Safety meetings of which there are four types:

a. Executive and supervisor’s meeting to formulate policies, initiate safety programs or plan special
safety activities
b. Mass meeting for special purposes
c. Departmental meeting to discuss special problems, and plan campaigns or analyze accidents. Small
group meeting to plan the day’s work so that it is done safely.
d. Safety contests. For example:
▪ injury rate contests
▪ Inter-departmental contests
▪ Inter-group contest
▪ intra-plant or inter departmental contest
▪ non-injury rate contest – safety slogans, posters, housekeeping, community contest
▪ use posters, bulletin boards, display or publicize safety
▪ others like safety campaigns, safety courses and demonstrations, public address systems,
publications and suggestion systems

How to Start a Safety Program

Management initiative and Leadership
▪ Top management assumes responsibility for health and safety and takes the lead in starting a
health and safety program.
▪ Safety Starts at the top or it doesn’t start at all
▪ Be the Role Model

What it takes to be a Role Model?

▪ It’s all about walking the talk…
▪ Lead by example
▪ Take time to get involved
▪ Ask questions, engage the workers
▪ Express your personal goals for safety
▪ Recognize our people for good safe acts

▪ Studying of Plant’s Accident History and Operation

A study of the plant’s operation and accident history is conducted as the basis for the preparation of a
safety program.
▪ Preparation of a Safety and Health Program
Prepare the safety program built around the basic elements and continuous improvement model
outlining the details such as targets, monitoring systems, awards, appraisal factors, etc. and
implement it.

Detailed Study of Accident Statistics

▪ Evaluate the effects on the internal and external set up of the plant or factory
▪ Was there an increase in production at lesser cost?
▪ How did the Frequency Rate (FR) and Severity Rate (SR) compare with _______________?
▪ ( periodic comparisons – last year, two years ago, etc.)
▪ Were the employee’s morale boosted?
▪ Did you have better public relations?

291
Involvement of the different departments ( in case of large establishments)

Medical Department
▪ conducts pre-employment physical examination for proper physical check-up and proper
placement of worker
▪ periodic physical examination of workers exposed to harmful or toxic substances
▪ arrange surveys of new operations or processes to know what exposures are detrimental to
health that maybe present.
▪ Establish a system assigning injured workers on the kind of job they can handle in spite of
their condition

Personnel Department
▪ Keeps records of lost time, accidents and sickness arising from work;
▪ Collaborates with medical, employment and safety department relative to the placement of
employees on the job;
▪ arranges for cooperation and assistance in rehabilitation of injured employees;
▪ and establishes cross – file controls to prevent unfit employees to work on job not approved
for them.

Engineering Department
▪ Expedites safety work request, particularly referring to correction of critic al hazards;
▪ Consults with the safety department before any new operation is started or new installations or
changes to existing buildings, processes, operations of equipment are put up.

Purchasing Department
▪ Coordinates with the safety department on all
▪ purchases of equipment, tools, materials, and PPE’s.
▪ Requisitions for hazardous substances and materials should be referred to safety department
for proper investigation and clearance.

292
BENCHMARKING GOOD PRACTICES APPLICABLE

293
2017/2018 Integrated Survey on Labor and Employment(ISLE) - Part 6 Module on Occupational
Injuries and Diseases (OID): 2017

Reference Number:
2019-214
Release Date:
Friday, December 13, 2019

▪ A total of 38,235 occupational accidents occurred in 2017. These work-related accidents were
reported by about 16.3 percent of the total 32,288 establishments employing 20 or more workers
in 2017.

▪ As a result of workplace accidents, about 46,283 cases of occupational injuries were recorded
in 2017. Both cases of occupational accidents and cases of occupational injuries in 2017 were
comparatively lower by 14.5 percent and 9.2 percent, respectively from 2015. (Figure 1)

▪ Among cases of occupational injuries, about 43.9 percent were non-fatal cases with lost
workdays while about 1 percent were fatal cases. More than half of all occupational injuries
(55.1%) were accounted to cases of injuries without lost workdays.

▪ By industry, manufacturing accounted for the highest share of occupational injuries at 49.7
percent of the total cases. Far second was wholesale and retail trade; repair of motorcycles at
11.4 percent, followed by
administrative and support
service activities at 7.2
percent share.

MEASURES OF SAFETY
PERFOMANCE OF
OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES

294
▪ The frequency rate in 2017 was registered at 1.75 percent. Approximately, there were 2 cases
of occupational injuries with workdays lost reported per 1,000,000 employee-hours of exposure.

▪ The incidence rate in 2017 was posted at 4.27 percent which indicates that there were around
4 cases of occupational injuries with workdays lost per 1,000 workers.

▪ The severity rate was recorded at 9.68. This means that about 10 workdays were lost in cases
of occupational injuries resulting to temporary incapacity per 1,000,000 employee-hours of
exposure.

CASES OF OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES WITH WORKDAYS LOST BY CLASSIFICATION

TYPE OF INJURY

▪ Superficial injuries and open wounds were the most common type of occupational injuries with
more than half or 50.8 percent of the total cases reported. This was followed by dislocations,
sprains and strains with 12.0 percent and fractures with 10.7 percent.

295
PART OF BODY INJURED

▪ Wrist and hand was collectively recorded as the most injured part of body accounting for 35.9
percent. Lower extremities and arm and shoulder came next with 18.7 percent and 17.6 percent,
respectively.

CAUSE OF INJURY

▪ The leading cause of work-related injury in establishments was stepping on, striking against or
struck by objects, excluding falling objects (36.3%). Other causes of injury include caught in or
between objects (21.0%) and falls of persons (10.5%).

AGENT OF INJURY

▪ The top three (3) agents of injuries in 2017 were machines and equipment (26.2%); materials
and objects (24.4%); and hand tools (18.3%).

MAJOR OCCUPATION GROUP

▪ By major occupation group, 30.2 percent of the total 20,797 cases of occupational injuries with
workdays lost in 2017 affected plant and machine operators and assemblers. Injuries to service
and sales workers; and elementary occupations followed at 19.3 percent and 18.7 percent,
respectively.

OCCUPATIONAL DISEASES

▪ Occurrences of occupational diseases in establishments employing 20 or more workers

accounted to 101,851 cases in 2017. This was a decrease of 19.1 percent from 125,973 reported
cases in 2015. (Figure3)

▪ Topmost work-related diseases

suffered by workers was back pains with
31.3 percent. Other most prevalent
occupational diseases experienced were

296
 essential hypertension (15.5%) and neck-
shoulder pains (11.4%).

▪ Workers engaged in administrative and

support service activities reported the highest
share of cases with occupational diseases with
31.8 percent. Followed by manufacturing
industry (28.9%) and wholesale and retail trade;
repair of motorcycles (9.6%).

CLAIRE DENNIS S. MAPA, Ph.D.

Undersecretary
National Statistician and Civil Registrar General

Summary:
▪ Unless an organization has a written, well-defined, company-specific safety plant in which
everyone in the organization logically understands their roles and responsibilities, all of the
hard work, expense and hopes for a successful program will be useless.

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS

No matter how committed an industrial company may be in terms of occupational health and safety
program implementation, the probability of an emergency may arise at the least expected scenario.
Should this happen, do we know what to do? Are we aware of our very own emergency procedure?

Objectives:

This session will provide an avenue for all workers to be calm in emergencies because they know what
to do. This will also help them to make decisions and take appropriate steps to keep a victim alive and
keep injuries becoming worse until medical help arrives.

EMERGENCY is a sudden, unexpected event demanding an immediate action.

You may have the right word meaning from the dictionary, but it doesn’t tell you how to get out of it.
Eventually, fear will overcome..

…this incident will determine your actions

…actions that will determine the difference between life and death.

Emergency: Sudden crisis - requires immediate action

Disaster: Disruption of entire society

297
Calamity - a state of deep distress or misery caused by major misfortune or loss; a disastrous event
marked by great loss and lasting distress and suffering ‹calamities of nature› ‹an economic

What is an Emergency/ Disaster

“Disasters are the final exam for a community, when they have not even taken the course.”

D-I-S-A-S-T-E-R Paradigm
D: Detection
I: Incident Command
S: Safety & Security
A: Assess Hazards
S: Support
T: Triage & Treatment
E: Evacuation
R: Recovery

Natural Disasters
▪ Extreme heat or cold
▪ Fires (forest)
▪ Floods
▪ Landslides/avalanches
▪ Earthquakes
▪ Tsunamis
▪ Topical Storms / hurricanes
▪ Tornadoes
▪ Volcanic eruptions
▪ Epidemics

Technological Hazards
▪ Collapsed structure
▪ Hazardous material incidents
▪ Fires / Explosions
▪ Transportation accidents
▪ Major technological/industrial incidents (e.g. Y2K)
▪ General power outage resulting to disruptions of basic services

Civil & Political Disorder

▪ Demonstrations
▪ Strikes
▪ Riots
▪ Mass shootings
▪ Hostage taking
▪ Hijacking/seajacking
▪ Other acts of Terrorism

298
PREPARE FOR
▪ TYPHOONS
▪ FLOODS
▪ EARTHQUAKES
▪ HAZMAT
▪ FIRE
▪ TSUNAMI
▪ ACTS OF TERRORISM
▪ LANDSLIDE
▪ VOLCANIC ERUPTIONS
▪ OUTBREAKS

ISSUES OF THE CENTURY

▪ Archipelagic / topographic set-up
▪ No unified command system
▪ No defined EMS law in the Philippines
▪ Large scale disaster usually inflicts damage to the rescue units, too!
▪ Poor urban planning
▪ Economic issue
▪ Governance issue (?)
▪ Duplication of responsibilities
▪ Culture of Safety
▪ Haphazard psyche of the populace

WHAT HAPPENS WHEN YOU ARE NOT PREPARED?

▪ FEELINGS OF HELPLESSNESS
▪ YOU DO NOT MOVE FROM YOUR COMFORT ZONE
▪ WILL TO LIVE OR SURVIVE IS DIMINISHED

299
 ▪ ADD TO THE CHAOS AND DISORDER
▪ LIABILITY MORE THAN ASSET
▪ ADD TO THE STATISTICS
▪ ADD TO THE DEPLETION OF RESOURCES
▪ LONG TERM EFFECT IS A PSYCHOLOGICAL DISTURBANCE IN A VICIOUS CYCLE

INDUSTRIAL SETTING E-PREP

1. Early Warning and Disaster Preparedness
2. Search and Rescue of Disaster Survivors
3. Energy and Power Supply
4. Food Supply, Storage, and Safety
5. Water Supply, Purification, and Treatment
6. Medicine and Healthcare for Disaster Victims
7. Sanitation and Waste Management in Disaster Mitigation
8. Disaster-resistant Housing and Construction

ARE YOU AND YOUR FAMILY PREPARED?

▪ A FAMILY EMERGENCY PLAN?
▪ DESIGNATED MEETING PLACE IF FAMILY MEMBERS ARE SEPARATED
▪ SURVIVAL KIT/GO BAG IN YOUR HOME, CAR, OFFICE?
▪ THE ABILITY TO SURVIVE ON YOUR OWN FOR AT LEAST 72 HOURS?
▪ AN OUT-OF-TOWN CONTACT/RELATIVE IF A FAMILY MEMBER IS SEPARATED
▪ FIRST AID TRAINING?
▪ CARE PROVISIONS FOR THE ELDERLY OR ANY SICK MEMBER OF YOUR FAMILY?
▪ CARE PROVISIONS FOR YOUR PET?

You Will Not Survive:

▪ 3 Seconds Without Spirit and Hope
▪ 3 Minutes Without Air
▪ 3 Hours Without Shelter in Extreme Conditions
▪ 3 Days Without Water
▪ 3 Weeks Without Food
▪ 3 Months Without Companionship or Love

Recommended Priority
▪ Security
▪ Water
▪ First Aid
▪ Shelter
▪ Food
▪ Clothing
▪ Vehicle & Comm
▪ Power

MACROSCOPIC PREPARATIONS

TYPHOON
▪ Consult PAGASA, PCG, NDRRMC, OCD for updates on LPA’s or impending typhoons
▪ Identify higher grounds should flooding occur. It must be w/ shelter to avoid medical
complications due to cold weather or being soaked in water/rain

300
 ▪ Draw up a Family Plan on what to do if the flood and/or power interruptions due to typhoons
occur while some or all of you are away from home: how to get in touch with each other and
reunite, and what to do if you can't get in touch or return to your home. Practice these
emergency drills.
▪ Collect and store emergency supplies for home, car and workplace

FLOOD
▪ Avoid building in a floodprone area unless you elevate and reinforce your home. Consult LGU
of tendency for flooding
▪ Elevate the furnace, water heater, and electric panel if susceptible to flooding.
▪ Install "check valves" in sewer traps to prevent floodwater from backing up into the drains of
your home.
▪ Contact community officials to find out if they are planning to construct barriers (levees,
beams, floodwalls) to stop floodwater from entering the homes in your area.
▪ Seal the walls in your basement with waterproofing compounds to avoid seepage
▪ Draw up a Family Plan on what to do if the flood occurs while some or all of you are away from
home

LANDSLIDES, MUDSLIDES
▪ Do not build near steep slopes, close to mountain edges, near drainage ways, or natural
erosion valleys.
▪ Get a geologic hazard assessment of your property.
▪ Contact local officials, geological surveys or departments of natural resources, and university
departments of geology. Landslides occur where they have before, and in identifiable hazard
locations. Ask for information on landslides in your area, specific information on areas
vulnerable to landslides, and request a professional referral for an appropriate hazard
assessment of your property, and corrective measures you can take, if necessary.
▪ If you are at risk from a landslide talk to your insurance agent. Debris flow may be covered by
flood insurance policies.

LANDSLIDES, MUDSLIDES
▪ Family Plan as to where to go should landslide/s occur
▪ Minimize home hazards:
▪ Have flexible pipe fittings installed to avoid gas or water leaks, as flexible fittings are more
resistant to breakage (only the gas company or professionals should install gas fittings).
▪ Plant ground cover on slopes and build retaining walls.
▪ In mudflow areas, build channels or deflection walls to direct the flow around buildings

EARTHQUAKES
▪ Consult PHIVOLCS or any geologist on presence of fault in the area where your community is
located. Seek advice and ‘clearance.’ Relocate if possible
▪ Carry out a structural analysis of your home or apartment, consulting experts if necessary, and
make necessary repairs or alterations. Survey the building's exterior and grounds for hazards
▪ Draw up a Family Plan on what to do if the quake occurs while some or all of you are away
from home: how to get in touch with each other and reunite, and what to do if you can't get in
touch or return to your home. Practice emergency drills.
▪ Collect and store emergency supplies for home, car and workplace

301
VOLCANIC ERUPTIONS
▪ Develop an emergency communication plan.
▪ In the events family members are separated during a volcanic eruption have a plan for getting
back together.
▪ Distant SIP.
▪ Have disaster supplies on hand (w/ Dust mask & Sturdy shoes)
▪ Obtain a pair of goggles and a throw-away breathing mask for each member of the household
in case of ashfall.
▪ Contact your local emergency management for more information on volcanoes.
▪ Although it may seem safe to stay at home and wait out an eruption, if you are in a hazardous
zone, doing so could be very dangerous. Stay safe. Follow authorities' instructions and
put your disaster plan into action.

TSUNAMI
▪ Turn on your radio to learn if there is a tsunami warning if an earthquake occurs and you are in
a coastal area.
▪ Move inland to higher ground immediately and stay there.
▪ Stay away from the beach. Never go down to the beach to watch a tsunami come in. If you
can see the wave you are too close to escape it.
▪ CAUTION - If there is noticeable recession in water away from the shoreline this is nature's
tsunami warning and it should be heeded. You should move away
immediately.
▪ Draw family plan and egress points
▪ Do drills. Have a community alarm

ACTS OF TERRORISM (BOMBING, SHOOTING SPREE)

▪ Draw up a Family Plan on what to do when AOT occur by orienting on movements should
bombing or shooting incidents happen; do subtle ‘tactical’ formations when strolling in a
crowded area by identifying walls and exits. Practice emergency drills.
▪ Teach your family (even your kids) on how to move in linear formation. During the incident, hit
the wall kneeling. Prone position is optional if there is no clear area of egress and not in
the line of stampede and/or if in the midst of series of explosions or gunfires
▪ Prepare SIPs at home and seal should NBC attacks occur. Better if upstairs in a sealed room;
wait for updates
▪ Children must stay in sealed classrooms; wait for updates

Go Bag/Bail-out Bag
▪ Water Supply
▪ Non-Perishable Food
▪ Clothing
▪ Flashlight
▪ Insect Repellant
▪ Fire Starter, lighter
▪ Rain Gear
▪ Map, GPS
▪ Sleeping liner/malong
▪ First Aid Kit, med kit
▪ Cell Phone, sat phone
▪ Multi-tool, pepper spray
▪ Duck Tape
▪ AM/FM portable radio

302
 ▪ Rope, cord
▪ Cash, ID’s, passport
▪ List of Family Contact info

MICROSCOPIC PREPARATIONS (BIG KIT)

Food and Water (5-6 day supply of food & water per person when no refrigeration/cooking is
available)
▪ Power bars
▪ Trail Mix/Dried Fruit
▪ Crackers/Cereals (for munching)
▪ Canned Tuna, Beans, Meat, Vienna (goods in water packing)
▪ Sausages, etc (“pop-top” cans might leak/explode & Jerky can flavor” other items)
▪ juice, coffee, milo sachets
▪ Monggo SEEDS
▪ Candy/Gum (Jolly ranchers can melt & mint gum might “flavor” other items)
▪ Water (1 Gallon/4 Liters per person)

Bedding and Clothing

▪ Change of Clothing (short and long sleeve shirts, pants, socks, jackets, etc.)
▪ Undergarments
▪ Rain Coat /Poncho (can be an A tent, too)
▪ Blankets , malong, sleeping bag
▪ Cloth Sheet
▪ Plastic Sheet

Fuel & Light

▪ Crank/solar lights/torches solar panel
▪ Flares
▪ Candles
▪ Lighter
▪ Water-Proof Matches
▪ alcohol

Miscellaneous
▪ big pail/ plastic box w/ wheels, bag or bags to put 6-day kit items in (such as duffel bags or
hiking back packs)
▪ Small plastic container as loo can
▪ Infant Needs (if applicable)

Equipment
▪ Can Opener
▪ Dishes/Utensils
▪ Shovel
▪ Crank/solar radio
▪ Pen and Paper
▪ Axe
▪ Pocket Knife
▪ Rope
▪ Duct Tape
▪ Personal Supplies & Medication

303
 ▪ First Aid Supplies

▪ Toiletries (roll of toilet paper—remove center tube to easily flatten into a zip-lock bag,
feminine hygiene, folding brush, wipes, etc)

▪ Cleaning Supplies (mini hand sanitizer, soap, shampoo, dish soap, etc. Warning: Scented
soap might “flavor” food items.)
▪ Mosquito net
▪ Survival stove/burner (camping grade)
▪ Immunizations Up-to Date
▪ Medication ( Paracetamol, Ibuprofen, cough/colds meds,children’s medication, etc.)
▪ Prescription Medication (for 6 days)
▪ Personal Documents and Money (Place these items in a water-proof container!)
Scriptures (miniature ones are lighter)
Survival book/manual
Land titles
▪ Legal Documents (Birth/Marriage Certificates, Wills, Passports, Contracts)
Vaccination Papers
Insurance Policies
Cash
Credit Card
Pre-Paid Phone Cards
▪ For Children
art book
crayon (w/c can be made into a fuel also)
ball

PRO-ACTIVE SAFETY

When a group of people becomes pro-active, it starts with a basic assumption that they can work in
the workplace without accidents..

..they believe they have the ability and capacity to work without suffering accidental damage to
themselves or to the materials with which they work.

REACTIVE SAFETY

When worker experienced an event that resulted to injuries or damage to materials, this is the only
time that he will consider safety as a consequence only after the injuries or damage to properties
occurred.

General Procedures In Response To Different Types Of Emergencies.

FIRST AID – is the immediate care given to a victim who has been injured or suddenly taken ill.

ROLE OF FIRST AIDER:

1. Serves as the bridge that fills the gap between the victim and the physician.
2. He is not to compete with nor take the place of the physician.
3. He will assist the physician when he arrives.

304
OBJECTIVES IN GIVING FIRST AID:
1. To alleviate suffering of the victim.
2. To prevent added injury to the victim and to prevent further harm.
3. To prolong the life of the victim.

EMERGENCY ACTION PRINCIPLE:

1. Survey the scene.
2. Do the primary survey of the victim.
3. Activate medical assistance or transfer facility.
4. Do the secondary survey of the victim.

SHOCK is a depressed condition of many body functions due failure of enough blood to circulate
throughout the body following a serious injury.

CAUSES OF SHOCK:
Severe bleeding Heart attack Starvation
Crushing injury Perforation of stomach Disease
Infection Poisoning

OBJECTIVE OF FIRST AID TO SHOCK VICTIMS:

1. To improve circulation of the blood.
2. To ensure adequate supply of oxygen.
3. To maintain normal body temperature.

WOUND is a break in the continuity in the body either internal or external.

FIRST AID for open wounds:

C – control bleeding
C – cover wound with dressing
C – care for shock
C – consult or refer to physician

EARTHQUAKE - What to do:

▪ Act quickly! Protect your body from falling debris by getting under a sturdy desk, table or
doorway
▪ Keep away from glass windows and free standing furniture.
▪ When outside, stay away from tall buildings, move to an open field.
▪ At the end of initial shock, evacuate building when given clearance by the Chief Marshal
▪ Go to the assembly area assigned near your position.

FIRE EMERGENCY – If you discover a fire:

▪ Activate fire alarm (break glass)

▪ Call for help, dial your hot line number
▪ Try to extinguish fire if knowledgeable to do so.
▪ Do not take any personal risks.
▪ Follow instructions of evacuation team guide.
▪ Proceed to the assembly area.

305
HOW TO OPERATE THE FIRE EXTINGUISHER:

▪ Pull pin (actually, its easier to TWIST the pin to remove it)
▪ Aim (stand 6-8 feet and aim at the base of the fire)
▪ Squeeze
▪ Sway or Sweep the nozzle back and forth until is completely extinguished

EVACUATION

▪ On hearing the alarm signal, gather vital personal effects and go for the nearest exit near you.
▪ Go to the assembly area at the open field assigned near your present location
▪ If you are away from normal work floor, obey instructions from that floor.
▪ Do not attempt to return to your own floor
▪ Security will take any other action.
FIRE DRILS should be conducted at least twice a year

BOMB THREAT

▪ If a bomb or suspicious object is discovered – do not touch it, clear the area
▪ Notify security office
▪ Prevent other personnel from going into the area
▪ Security will take any other action required

IF YOU RECEIVE A CALL…

▪ Attract the attention of another staff member to ring your local hotline
▪ Record details of threat as per procedure given: do not hang up your phone
▪ Try to record exact words; keep the caller TALKING (try to obtain as much information as
possible)
▪ Security will take further action required

QUESTIONS TO ASK…
▪ When is the bomb going to explode?
▪ Where is it right now?
▪ What does it look like?
▪ What kind of bomb is it?
▪ What will cause the bomb to explode?
▪ Who place the bomb?
▪ Why?
▪ Where are you?
▪ What is your name?
DO NOT HANG UP THE PHONE

SECURITY

▪ Most Senior Security Officer on-duty shall respond when an emergency arising from fire,
earthquake and explosions occurs upon notice given by the Chief Marshal
▪ The compound shall be cordoned to prevent unauthorized person’s entry
▪ Security Officers shall supervise crowd control to prevent employees and looters around the
affected area.

306
 ▪ Follow the safe and orderly evacuations of employees to the assembly area.

CULTURE OF SAFETY (Professor Alfredo Mahar Lagmay)

“To prepare ourselves for any disaster we need to develop a CULTURE OF SAFETY. It is being
aware of the hazards by everyone in a community.
“it means active participation of all sectors, in disaster mitigation efforts following the lead of
civil authorities, long before catastrophe strikes.
“A society with a culture of safety invests heavily in knowledge and treats disasters not as rare
events but as unresolved problems in developmental planning.
“We have to be smart in living with natural hazards because NATURE WILL NOT ADJUST TO
PEOPLE. IT IS SOCIETY THAT MUST ADJUST TO NATURE…”

Summary:
▪ There are different types of emergencies that may happen. Every workplace must have
different types of basic preparations for emergency situations.
▪ Companies must develop their own Emergency Preparedness Plan
▪ The Management and each worker must know what to do in cases of emergencies or
disasters through information dissemination, training and drills
o Fire drills should be conducted at least twice a year

307
 Name Re-Entry Program / ESH Program Location Date

Problem Action Plan Accountability Target Output

Time
Identify / Engineering Control
Describe

Administrative Control

Classify:
__Physical
__Chemical
__Biological Personal Protective Equipment
__Ergonomic
__Mechanical
__Electrical

308
REFERENCES:

▪ Republic Act 11058 and DOLE Department Order No. 198-18

▪ Occupational Safety and Health Standards of the Department of Labor and Employment
▪ International Labor Organization (ILO) Standards and series of issuances
▪ Department of Health issuances
▪ Fire Code of the Philippines
▪ DTI-DOLE Interim Guidelines on Workplace Prevention and Control of COVID 19
▪ DOLE Dept. Order No. 57-04 –Labor Standards Enforcement Framework
▪ Nestle Accident Report
▪ MERALCO Accident Report
▪ RA 9211 Tobacco Regulation Act
▪ RA 9165 Comprehensive Drugs Reform Act
▪ EO 187 TB Prevention
▪ RA 85 04 HIV AIDS Prevention
▪ DO 102-10 Guidelines on HIV-AIDS Prevention
▪ DOLE Advisory 05- Hepatitis B Prevention Control
▪ DOLE Department Order No. 160 –Accreditation of WEM Services
▪ https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/69793
▪ Rule 1960 of OSHS
▪ Department Order 198-18
▪ Department Order on Drug-free Workplace (DO 53-03)
▪ Department Order on Tuberculosis (DO 73-05)
▪ Department Orders on HIV/AIDS (DO 102-10)
▪ Department Advisory on Hepatitis B (DA 05-10)
▪ Department Order on Mental Health (DO 208-20)
▪ Annex C: Respiratory Droplets in Natural Ventilation for Infection Control in the Healthcare
settings, Editors 2009;Geneva
▪ https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/698793
▪ PAHO, 2020
▪ PAHO.Prevention and Control of Healthcare associated infections-Basic Recommendations
PAHO, 2017 (adopted)
▪ Broussard IM et al. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.sov/books/NBK470223
▪ Sample label courtesy of Weber Packaging Solutions
▪ www.weberpacking.com
▪ Flammable liquid, Toxix, N.O.S. UN 1992
▪ ECHA Guidance on Labelling..,2011
▪ NFPA 704 Standard
▪ NFPA-Chart_2 www.ComplianceSigns.com
▪ Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System
▪ DOH Department Memorandum 2020-0220
▪ DOH A.O. 2020-0015
▪ www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/surveillance/
▪ Hazwoper 1910.120(f)/1926.65
▪ OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure to Hazardous Chemicals in laboratories 929
C.F.R. 1910.1450)
▪ NIOSH
▪ OSHA’s Respiratory Protection Standard (29 C.F.R. 1910.134)
▪ Department Order No. 136-14 (Globally Harmonized System of Labelling and Classification of
Chemicals
▪ Rule 1070 of Occupational Safety and Health Standards

309
▪ Department Order No.160-16 Guideline on the Accreditation of Consulting Organizations to
provide WEM Services
▪ https://psa.gov.ph/labstat-updates (LABSTAT Updates Vol.21 No. 19 Safety and Health in the
Workplace Cases of Occupational Injuries)
▪ https://psa.gov.ph/Integrated Survey on Labor and Employment
▪ American National Standards (ANSI)
▪ ANSI Z 87.1-1968
▪ www.OSHA.gov
▪ Department Order No. 13- DOLE Regulations, Safety Standards in Construction
▪ Department Order No. 128-13 Amending Rule 1414 on Scaffoldings of the 1989 OSHS

310